• Share
  • Email
  • Embed
  • Like
  • Save
  • Private Content
The photoshop CC book volume 1, 2014
 

The photoshop CC book volume 1, 2014

on

  • 914 views

The photoshop CC book volume 1, 2014

The photoshop CC book volume 1, 2014

Statistics

Views

Total Views
914
Views on SlideShare
902
Embed Views
12

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
300
Comments
1

1 Embed 12

https://twitter.com 12

Accessibility

Categories

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel

11 of 1 previous next

  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
  • thanks...
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

    The photoshop CC book volume 1, 2014 The photoshop CC book volume 1, 2014 Document Transcript

    • The Photoshop® CC Over 350tips inside
    • WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • AsAdobetakesagiantleapintotheworldofcloud-basedsubscriptionservicesforits latestinstalmentofPhotoshop,webringyousomegreattutorialsthatrangefrombasic photoeditstothemoreadventurousdigitalartworkthatwillhaveyoucreatingsomeof yourbestworktodate. Intheeditingessentialssection,youwilllearnhowtofixyour photosfromyourbentandbrokescannedinmemoriestobrighteningyourgreyskies. You’llleanhowtomastermixedmediainthedigitalartsection,andgraspthePentool withbothhands.Finally,increativeprojects,you’lllearnthebestphotomanipulation trickscreatingmattepaintingsandexcellentcomposites.ThePhotoshopCCBook alsocomeswithafreediscpackedwithtutorialfiles,outstandingtextures,watercolour brushes,webgradients,andvideotutorialsfromDigital-tutorsthatwilltakeyouthrough somedigitalpaintingessentials.Sotakealookandlearnsomethingnew! Welcometo PhotoshopCC The ® WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Imagine Publishing Ltd Richmond House 33 Richmond Hill Bournemouth Dorset BH2 6EZ +44 (0) 1202 586200 Website: www.imagine-publishing.co.uk Head of Publishing Aaron Asadi Head of Design Ross Andrews Production Editor Jen Neal Senior Art Editor Greg Whitaker Assistant Designer Katie Mapes Printed by William Gibbons, 26 Planetary Road, Willenhall, West Midlands, WV13 3XT Distributed in the UK & Eire by Imagine Publishing Ltd, www.imagineshop.co.uk. Tel 01202 586200 Distributed in Australia by Gordon & Gotch, Equinox Centre, 18 Rodborough Road, Frenchs Forest, NSW 2086. Tel + 61 2 9972 8800 Distributed in the Rest of the World by Marketforce, Blue Fin Building, 110 Southwark Street, London, SE1 0SU Disclaimer The publisher cannot accept responsibility for any unsolicited material lost or damaged in the post. All text and layout is the copyright of Imagine Publishing Ltd. Nothing in this bookazine may be reproduced in whole or part without the written permission of the publisher. All copyrights are recognised and used specifically for the purpose of criticism and review. Although the bookazine has endeavoured to ensure all information is correct at time of print, prices and availability may change. This bookazine is fully independent and not affiliated in any way with the companies mentioned herein. Photoshop is either a registered trademark or trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries and is used with express permission. The Photoshop CC Book Volume 1 © 2014 Imagine Publishing Ltd ISBN 978-1909758643 bookazine series Part of the ® PhotoshopCC The ® WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • 6 The Photoshop CC Book Contents PAGE118 08 Photoshop CC: the essential guide Find out all about the new features CC has to offer straight from the experts PAGE180 Repair your photos Simple and easy photo fixes 26 Retouching in Photoshop CC Edit your fashion photos in CC 34 Boost your colours Learn how to use different adjustment layers 38 Selections made easy Make selections whilst editing 42 Organising layers Understand CC's layer system 46 Learn to love levels Edit light in your image 48 Control your curves Handle curves to improve exposure and boost colours 50 Learn about histograms Get more out of histograms with your photos 52 Perfect portrait illustration Use Photoshop and Illustrator together in your artwork 86 Master mixed media Create stunning portraits 92 Use clipping masks Turn your layer into creative tools 58 Remove objects Don't let things get in your way 60 Adjust with dodge, burn and sponge Image adjustments made easy 56 Editing essentials Digital art Use CC’s new Sharpen filter CC's new Shake Reduction filter 68 Explore new filters Apply Camera RAW to images 72 Rescue your old photos Breathe new life into old photos 62 Change hair and eye colour Give an instant makeover 78 Restore with filters Improve your old photos 80 Discover adjustment layers Improve images non-destructively 76 Design your own characters Create character concepts 96 PAGE96 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • The Photoshop CC Book 7 PAGE38 PAGE152 PAGE80 PAGE102 PAGE146 PAGE156 PAGE48 Merge photos and illustrations Mix different types of art 102 Illustrate with the Pen tool Create great vector art 106 110 Paint a steampunk- inspired portrait Draw your own portrait Use different media in your edit Combine images and textures 114 Paint a city scene Use free images to create a scene 118 Design a graphic print poster Get artistic with fonts 124 Use layers for glowing art Use filters and tools for great art 128 Create 3D abstract graphics Build atmosphere with adjustments 132 Painting with fire Create an amazing firey horse 136 Compose textured portraits Use mosaic effects on images 142 Paint a fantasy snowscape Create a matte painted scene 146 Master layer masks Use an assortment of photos to create a new abstract scene 152 Perfect expert compositing Make fashion-based compositions 156 Create Fantasy compositions Perfect the Custom Shape tool 162 Design for the web Combine photos and typography for a dynamic layout 166 Turn day into night Change the time of day with realistic light effects 170 Use dynamic layer effects Create striking images with layers 174 Master matte painting techniques Use photo references for matte art 180 Use liquid paint effects Create energy using layer masks 186 Manipulate pro layer techniques Create fun layered composites 192 Perfect blending Combine multiple assets 196 Master the Pen tool Make art with geometric shapes 202 Creative projects PAGE202 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 8 The Photoshop CC Book PhotoshopCC:the essentialguideEverythingyouneedtoknowaboutthenewversion Adobesoftwareisnowsubscription-based throughtheCreativeCloud.Singleapplication purchasesareavailableforthoseofuswhoareonly concernedwithoneprogram,beitPhotoshopCC oranother.Adobe’scompletesuite,whichincludes applicationslikeIllustratorandInDesign,isavailable atahighercost.AllUKpricesincludeVATandare permonth. AdobeCCPriceGuide Price(GBP) Price(USD) Complete individualnew 46.88 49.99 Complete individualupgrade 27.34 29.99 CreativeCloud Studentand TeacherEdition 15.88 19.99 Singleapplication 17.58 19.99 CreativeCloud forteams 65.44 69.99 CreativeCloudfor teamsupgrade 37.11 39.99 W e’re finding it hard to contain our excitement over the cutting-edge upgrades in Photoshop CC. The latest version of software gives Creative Cloud subscribers the chance to edit with a host of brand-spanking new tools, as well as reinvented ones. Its launch has left the creative world a little stunned, with not so much as a beta being made available before release. It is for that reason that this feature goes into slightly more detail than usual when explaining the most significant upgrades, to ensure that they can all be put to good use straight away. There have been no drastic changes to the interface, however, which corresponds with the look of CS6, meaning we can integrate all the new tools and filters into our existing workflow with ease. Many of you will also be interested to discover what the rest of Creative Cloud software has to offer, so over the next few pages we’ll deliver information on the rest of the best bits, including the upgrades to Illustrator, InDesign and Dreamweaver. The deluxe feature then concludes with a series of interviews including an exclusive interview with Stephen Nielson - Adobe’s Photoshop Product Manager who offers up his choice of Photoshop’s hidden gems. By the end of this book, you should know all there is to know about Photoshop CC, Creative Cloud, and how these could impact on digital artists planning to use the products and services. “PhotoshopCC isnowavailable.Here,we guideyouthroughthebest newfeaturesanddiscusswhat theindustrythinksofthechanges” WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 9 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 10 The Photoshop CC Book10 Theessentialguide PreviewchangesSelectImage>ImageSizeand resizethenewdialogbox.Thelargerthisis,the biggerthepreviewimagespacebecomes.Ctrl/ Cmd-clickWidthandHeightoptions,swipingthe mouse/stylushorizontallytoentervaluesquicker PreserveDetail Providingintelligentupsampling inanall-newscalabledialogbox Newdetails ActivatetheResampledrop optionsandsetthistoPreserveDetails (enlargement).ThisactivatesCC’simproved interpolationalgorithms.Oncethenew dimensionsareapplied,there’slittletonoimage distortionnoticeable ReducenoiseThenewenlargementalgorithms alsorepairdetailbyapplyingacertainamountof sharpening.Thiscreatesnoticeablenoise,which canbecombatedwiththenewlyincluded ReduceNoiseslider BetteroptionsIfyouneedfurtherconvincing aboutjusthowimprovedthisfunctionis,simply selectBicubicSmootherfromtheResample dropoptionsandswapbetweennewandold enlargementoptions The new Camera Shake Reduction filter is a clear indication that CC’s primary concern is expert photo editing. Its improved image algorithms choose the best settings and automatically improve detail in shots affected by camera shake. This is a step in the right direction, allowing for a salvage otherwise unusable photos. Activate Camera Shake Reduction from the CC Filter>Sharpen menu. To get the best results from Camera Shake Reduction every time, follow this simple three-step process. CameraShakeReduction BringunusablephotosbackintofocuswiththisimpressivenewPhotoshopCCfilter Fullautomation 01SelectFilter>Sharpen>Camera ShakeReduction.Activatethe Advancedmenutosubsequentlyactivate theBlurEstimationTool.Applythisasa selectiontotheareayouwanttoremedy most.Thisisresizableusingcontrolpoints. Manualediting 02BlurTraceSettingsdetermines refocusingandsharpening accuracy.HighertheBlurTraceBoundswill givemoredetail,butnoisecanencroachin yourimages.HigherSmoothingand ArtifactSuppressioncancombatthis. Scrutiniseresults 03TheShowBlurEstimationRegions maskpreviewshowstheexisting shakedirectioninyourimage.Sowhen applyingsliderscorrectly,thewhitearea becomeslessvisible.SelectUnlockDetail (Q)toactivateamagnifiedpreview. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • The Photoshop CC Book 11 The upgraded Smart Sharpen filter sits exactly where the old one did; under Filter>Sharpen. The difference is evident in the new Noise slider now sitting in the dialog box. This type of artifact dogged users in previous versions of Photoshop the higher the Amount slider was set. But it’s now combated through the improved editing algorithms. Even at a maximum Amount of 500%, we were able to create pleasing looks. Marvel at just how well this tool performs by adding effects, then activating Legacy (L) and More Accurate (M) options. This will show how the previous version of Smart Sharpen would have tackled the combination of sharpening and noise – nowhere near, quite frankly. If you want even more control over image delineation, avoiding global effects, an extended set of Shadows and Highlights sliders is also provided. It’s true that noise is prone to appearing in these image areas and now you can combat effects even more intuitively. All editing is complemented with a resizable dialog box for better scrutiny. All-newSmartSharpen Getcrisp,clearimagesbyconqueringnoiseandhaloeffectswiththisfilter’s Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 11 Thenewslidersetslets youfine-tunethe imagesyouwant,making textureanddetailpop WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 12 The Photoshop CC Book12 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 13 All of the Photoshop CS6 extended options are made available in Photoshop CC, which means 3D modelling is now open to everyone. However, functionality has become even more intuitive, with several improvements. Adobe looked to create a middle ground between 3D generation and Photoshop application, this makes creation far less daunting for new users. Photoshop CC provides this smoother transition from 2D to 3D editing by now including familiar Layers panel options. You can choose to Duplicate, Delete and Group layers using the new Object options in the 3D>Whole Scene panel. Photoshop CC also reads and writes applied textures and special effects much faster, with improved render times. Preview times are also faster, displaying complex elements like shadows quicker and in better quality. Texturing 3D objects has become even more accessible through improved manual application. You can use default, custom and Texture setting brushes to apply straight to your on-screen object as before. But now, live cursor previews of both the 3D model and flattened texture map the location of the marks. Looks update in real-time in both instances. Follow the three- stepper below to find out how this works. Improved3Dpainting Fasterlivepreviewsandmoreresponsiveoptionsmake3Dcreation AddInstanceObjects 01InstanceObjectsworkmuchlikeSmartObjects. Whatevereffectyouapplytoonewillalsoupdatein duplicatelayers.Youcancreatethesebyactivatingthe 3D>WholeScenepanel,selectingyour3Dmodel,andthen openingthepanelfly-outmenu.NowchooseInstanceObject. Optimiseview 02Selectoneofthe3DobjectsandactivatetheLayers panel,double-clickingoneoftheDiffusesub-layers. Thiswillopenawireframeoverlaylayerinaseparatedocument. SelectWindow>Arrange>2-upVerticaltosetthewireframeand 3Dmodelinside-by-sidewindows. Painttoobject 03Nowyoucanpaint directlytothe Wireframeoverlaylayer, updatingmarksinyour3D models.Alternatively,open atextureimage,set Arrangeto3-upVertical, andthenactivatethe CloneStamp.Pickfrom yourtexture,addtothe Wireframeoverlaylayer andupdatethe3Dmodels. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 14 The Photoshop CC Book Shapes Propertiespanel Photoshop CS6 took huge strides in improving Shape Tool functionality. Bitmap layers were replaced with Vector technology, which provided more flexible resizing. Colour and gradient effects were pooled together in one dialog, along with new Stroke settings. Photoshop CC hasn’t looked to radicalise shapes any further, instead tweaking and perfecting operation. This is achieved through simple updates, accessed through the Smart Shapes Properties panel. Here, users can apply all of the previous CS6 options, but also reshape rounded corners individually or all together. Simply hover over the corner icon, click, and horizontally drag to apply settings manually. Even more exciting, you can now select a series of shape layers and manipulate them simultaneously. This lets graphic and web designers get more done in fewer clicks. The only complaint would be that once saved, it’s impossible to reopen a file and reactivate your settings. Hopefully this will be featured in a future update. Photoshop CC offers the ability to create shapes and then export CSS data from these. This also saves web designers a lot of time. To do this, simply Ctrl/Cmd+click a Shape layer and select Copy CSS from the pop-up options. Subscribers to Photoshop CS6 through previous versions of Creative Cloud benefited from a few dedicated layer functions that rest of us couldn’t access. These are now available to every Photoshop CC user. You can now make Smart Objects from individual and multiple layers. Improvements to Smart Object layers don’t end here though; thanks to this functionality, the some filters can now be applied non-destructively. The addition of the new Isolate Layer option works when activating a sequence of layers in our stack by Ctrl/Cmd+clicking them. All you then have to do is choose Selected from the Pick a Filter Type drop options, found at the top of the Layers panel. The Isolate Layer option hides all of the layers except the ones you’ve targeted in the stack, and none in the image. This lets users target layers more intuitively and arrange them to suit their application. Newlayerfunctionality Isolatelayersinacomplicatedlayerstack Savetimeeditingandadding effectstoshapeswiththe latestupdates WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 15 AllthenewCameraRAW8optionsareavailableandcanbe addedtoimproveHDRimages OpenupyourHDRimages tothepowerofCamera There was an increased use of Automate options with CS6’s update to Merge to HDR Pro. This has long been the go-to option for photographers looking to create HDR styles in Photoshop. The flexibility of its supplied Advanced sliders when working in 16-bit mode was limited. These included types such as Shadow, Highlight, Vibrance and Saturation to help improve image temperature and exposure. Sadly, the Shadows and Highlights sliders available in Adobe Camera RAW (ACR) 7 at the time provided a greater deal of precision. Adobe has tackled this issue and alleviated any creative tension with another new Photoshop CC option: Tone in ACR. You can trigger this by firstly selecting File>Automate>Merge to HDR Pro, hitting Browse and uploading your set of photos. Once inside the Merge to HDR Pro dialog box, set Mode to 32 Bit and the Tone in ACR option will appear in the bottom-right corner of the interface. Click this and all the ACR 8 options are made available. The significance of this is enhanced control over your HDR looks. Now you can edit temperature and exposure to a greater degree, using the Shadows and Highlights functionality previously missing. ToneinACR WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 16 The Photoshop CC Book NewCamera RAW8 Photoshop CC incorporates the power of Adobe Camera RAW (ACR), available as a filter option but only in RGB Color Mode. This makes editing photos far more accessible and a whole lot quicker. In keeping with the radical Photoshop CC, ACR 8 presents its own host of new options that improve image results. The plug-in has always excelled at perfecting aesthetically pleasing looks, and now capabilities are further enhanced with the Radial Filter. This is fantastic at creating focal points as well as vignettes in our snaps, and is very intuitive to use. ACR 8 also takes itself seriously as an advanced photo editor. The all- new Spot Removal tool will no doubt be compared to Photoshop’s own Spot Healing tool, as both can be applied by drawing over an area. But the ACR 8 Spot Removal Tool is more logical, showing both selected source and destination areas. The Lens Corrections dialog has also had a facelift. Profile options have been removed and Manual options augmented with the new Upright controls. These tackle all types of distortion through a set of five presets, determining the best effects mechanically. Ahostofnewoptionsmake RAWeditingmorepowerful thaneverbefore Select this from the tool bar options and apply it to the area you want to remove. It would seem ACR 8 automatically remedies the selected area. Press V to show and hide source and destination selections. Drag and place the green point to manually alter the destination selection, perfecting its effect on your edited area. This tool handles parallel selection better than perpendicular ones on offer. SpotRemovalTool This is also selected from the tool bar options and provides an extensive set of slider controls. These are geared towards perfecting the light, temperature and noise detail in an image. Determine whether you want to create focal points or vignette effects with the Outside and Inside Effect options. You can also determine how soft your selection edges are with the easy-to-use Feather slider. Review effects by pressing the P key shortcuts. RadialFilter WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • The Photoshop CC Book 17 Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 17 Activate the Lens Correction> Manual panel to access the Upright presets. Five presets in total provide one-click effects, including Auto for balanced correction, Horizontal to match the best horizon, and Vertical for vertical lines. Full applies all perspective corrections at one time; Disable Upright is self- explanatory, and Transform sliders let us level manually. Use these to align to a grid with the Show Grid slider, determining size and spacing. Uprightcontrols WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 18 The Photoshop CC Book SettheSyncSettings>WhenConflictsOccuroptiontoAlways Asktodeterminewhethertomaintainlocalorremotesettings UploadtoBehanceattheclickofabutton,settingthisexportoptionasahotkeyintheEdit>Keyboardoptions Brandnew SyncSettings The invention of Creative Cloud allowed subscribers to swap and share artwork from one central location. Tools were disconnected from online services as well as within the local workspace. This became a real issue for those who take full advantage of the two available licenses. To work with the same settings on both computers, the only way was to manually copy preset files from one machine to the other. But not anymore; with the new Photoshop CC, those that must have consistency across both platforms can have it, with the new Sync Settings Now command. Simply go to Photoshop> Preferences>Sync Settings and activate what you want to upload to Creative Cloud, share Actions, Brushes, and much more. Once you have selected the ones you want, go to Photoshop>Email account and choose Sync Settings Now in the first licence on one of the machines in use. Follow this by activating your second licence on another machine, select Sync Settings Now and voilà – you have all the settings from your first licence. Even quicker than this, open a file and source the Sync Settings to Creative Cloud icon in the bottom-left of the interface. Click this to open the dialog and select Sync Settings Now. “Asfarassharinggoes,I’mnotsold.Ithinkit’samarketing toolforAdoberatherthananimprovementonhow wecollaborate.IcurrentlyuseDropbox,socialmedia andBehanceforallmycollaboratingandpostingonline. ButIcanseehowitcouldkeepalargergroupofcreatives workingtogetheronthesameidea” MikeCampau/www.mikecampau.com Behance.net is the leading social platform for creative people to showcase and discover design. Adobe recognised user contribution to this forum and decided to acquire it in December 2012. Now Adobe has improved the coupling of its software with Behance, with the inclusion of the all-new Share on Behance option in Photoshop CC. This provides direct file synchronisation and sharing capabilities, the likes of which we’ve never seen before – well, not in our favourite app, at least. Select File>Share on Behance to open a dedicated dialog asking you to input your Behance membership details. All you then have to do is follow a simple three-step process. First, set image Tags, as well as determine who can see your image. Then you’re able to select your cover image using a simple free transform box. Clicking Crop Cover & Publish opens the subsequent Share dialog, where you can choose whether to promote your work with friends and followers on Facebook. Once complete, you’re sent back to the image inside Photoshop, with Behance taking care of the rest. It’s that straightforward. But if you want to work even quicker, simply open a file and source the Share on Behance icon in the bottom-left corner of the interface. ExporttoBehance Uploadtotheworld’slargestcreativeplatform WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 19 FLASH PROFESSIONAL CC Workfasterthaneverbeforewitha64-bit architecture.Carryoutreal-timedrawingwith familiarshapetools,fillandstrokecolour options.ThereisalsoHTML5supportwith updatedToolkitforCreateJS,includingnewfunctionalityfor buttons,hitareasandmotioncurves. PRELUDE CC ShareroughcutsfasterwithPreludeCCby exportingdirectlytoAdobeMediaEncoder, andcreatecustommetadatatemplatesfor collectingkeyinformationmoreeasily.You canalsosetupfilenamepresetstoautomaticallyrenamefiles uponingest. SPEEDGRADE CC ShotMatcherautomaticallycorrects subtledifferencesinfootagetoachieve consistencybetweenshots.Powerful layer-basedgradingofferskeysandmasks tofine-tunecorrections.Youcanalsochoosefromclassic filmstockpresetstocreateacinematiclook. LIGHTROOM 5 Straightentiltedimageswithasingleclick usingthenewUprighttool.TheRadial Gradienttoolcreatesoff-centrevignette effects,ormultiplevignetteareaswithina singleimage.SmartPreviewsgeneratesmallerstand-in filesofourfull-sizeimages. AUDITION CC SoundRemoverscansandremoves unwantedelementsfromrecordings. PreviewEditorcompareswaveform tweaks,viewmultiplefilesections simultaneously,andconfirmtimestretchingbefore applying.Italsohasclearcliphandlingandgroupingtools. INCOPY CC Fontsearchenhancementsusethearrow keystobrowsethroughstylesfastandfind theperfectfontfromthegrowinglibrary ofAdobeTypekitfonts,thensyncittoour system.ThereisalsoHiDPIandRetinaDisplaysupportfor greaterclarityandvibrancy. RestofthebestnewCCupdates DiscoverwhatelseAdobehasaddedtoitsflagshipsoftware,nowavailablewithCreative IllustratorCC Illustratornowincludestheabilitytopaint withArt,Pattern,andScatterbrushes.Ithas alsoreleasedtheabilitytocreateCSScode foreveryobject. InDesignCC Thepremiumsoftwareforprintdesigners, thisnowhasHiDPIandRetinadisplay support,meaningeverydesignelementhas greaterclarity. AfterEffectsCC 3Dscenescannowbeuseddirectlyas footagewithouthavingtorenderfirst.3D cameratrackinghasbeenaddedallowing youtoselectobjectforstabilisation. DreamweaverCC Webdesignerswilllovethelatestupdates, whichincludeanewFluidGridLayout interface,editingtoolstohelpapplyCSS propertieslikegradientsandboxshadows. PremierProCC Videoproductionisbetter,withall-new presetcolourgradesthankstotheLumetri DeepColorEngine.Editmoreefficiently witharedesignedTimeline. MuseCC MuseCCaddsonlyafewoptions,but improvesthesoftwaregreatly.In-browser editingisalsoavailable,lettingclientsmake changeswithoutaffectingthestructure. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 20 The Photoshop CC Book Mike Campau CEO, creative director and freelancer Mike Campau (www.mikecampau.com) has steadily climbed the ladder of studio and agency life. He now has over 15 years of valuable experience under his belt. But he’s hit a crossroads. He’s finding it hard to decide whether or not the new Photoshop CC will benefit his own venture. “A subscription-based software seemed to make sense to me,” he admits. “I always upgrade to the industry standard, because I need to continue to be compatible with the many artists and photographers I work with. It’s just way more convenient to click ‘update’ and have the latest software at my finger tips.” On the other hand, Campau sees the merits of physically owning a copy of Photoshop. “It’s like the difference between buying or leasing a car. It makes more financial sense to buy and own it outright, saving on monthly payments,” he says. “If the version of Photoshop you’re using is still working for you, then being forced to effectively lease a new version can be very frustrating. It can be harder on your pocket too in the long run.” This is why many freelancers like to just buy software outright, saving on cost and minimising overheads. Thecreativeindustryspeaksout Theconcernsandexcitementofprofessionalsfromaroundtheglobearelaidbare,astheytell youjusthowAdobe’snewsubscription-basedsoftwareissettoaffecttheirbusinessventures Leon Ephraïm Co-founder at YummyGum Design company YummyGum (www.yummygum. com) is an army of two, consisting of co-founders Leon Ephraïm and Vincent Schwidder. They produce pixel-perfect User Interfaces (UI), icons for web, iOS and native apps on a daily basis. They know web trends move fast and anticipate a high turnover of styles. This means that YummyGum needs to stay up-to-date at all times with the latest software used to produce their desired looks. This factor has had a huge bearing on the studio’s eventual acceptance of Adobe’s new subscription-based software, after initially being hesitant. “The entry cost for software is now much lower. Anyone can spare a few bucks to try out new software for a few months. As it’s crucial for us to always use current software, it’s becomes a solid ‘win’ for us both.” Several other functions have the pair enthusiastic about Adobe’s new launch. “Syncing documents with the Creative Cloud and across devices is super-efficient. Vince can draw on an iPad and I can immediately take his sketch into Photoshop.” CC’s new Shape Properties panel is also set to augment the YummyGum workflow. “By using shapes with adjustable properties, we can easily play around with each other’s designs and tweak until we’re all happy,” Ephraïm explains. “We can also easily re-use values, such as border radiuses and have a consistent look throughout all of our designs.” WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 21 Philip Engström Commercial retoucher at Eightbit studio The entire Eightbit studio (www.eightbit.se) team works to create massive projects for some of the globe’s biggest international clients. Sony, Bosch and Volkswagen are just a few that have been added to its roster over the years. Philip Engström has been an important cog in this commercial retouch studio for some time and knows better than anyone how important it is to share ideas and content with clients as quickly as possible. For the creative industry, it is absolutely vital. That is why Engström and the entire Eightbit team have high hopes for the new sharing abilities that are now available inside Creative Cloud. “It’s easier to share a folder with a client by just dragging and dropping files. They can view and give feedback without having to go through the process of mailing or re-uploading content.” Engström also believes that the new Creative Cloud for teams subscription is a great incentive. “We’re all using standalone licenses right now, but in the future the team license will probably replace these. This is due to how easy Adobe has made it to once again upload and share up to 100GB of content, in one location.” Eightbit feel this is a real boon for large teams working on multiple projects at any given time. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide 22 The Photoshop CC Book P hotoshop product manager, Stephen Nielson works closely with Adobe’s digital imaging engineers to help make applications the best they can be. Here in this interview he talks about all the new features in Photoshop CC, some of which you may not have known about. WhatnewPhotoshopCCtoolhasyouthe mostexcited? The new Camera Shake Reduction tool, which can be found by selecting Filter> Sharpen>Shake Reduction. Our engineers have figured out how to take an otherwise unusable photo and remove blur caused by moving your camera. We’ve already seen customers recover photographs of loved ones and law enforcement have recovered license plate numbers with this amazing technology. Whichnewfiltersreallymakeadifference? By adding ACR 8 as a filter Adobe has opened up all kinds of new workflows. Before Photoshop CC, ACR was normally used only when opening an image. With ACR as a filter you can make adjustments at any time to any layer. This gives customers more flexibility to use powerful ACR tools like Highlights, Shadows, Temperature and Clarity, at any time. WhoreallybenefitsfromthenewPreserve Detailsoption? The new Preserve Details option, now founding the Image Size>Resample dialog, will benefit anyone who enlarges photographs in Photoshop. Our best-in-class algorithm can increase the size of an image with very little noise by preserving the edges, which results in photorealistic details. HasPhotoshopCCtakenadvantageof 64-bitsupport? More computers are coming with 8GB, 16GB and even 32GB of RAM. As a 64-bit native application, Photoshop CC is ready to take advantage of that extra memory. It also makes better use of your graphics card by rendering complex operations like Blur Gallery and Liquify separately from the CPU. Whatnewtime-saverscanweexpectfrom PhotoshopCC? Photoshop CC has over two dozen new time-saving features. The installation can now migrate all of your presets from the last version of Photoshop and no longer requires a restart. Adobe has also improved the reliability of saving to network file shares, improved the performance of 3D painting, added a new tool to Liquify and much more. PhotoshopCC HiddenGems Adobemanagerdiscussesthebestnewfeatures StephenNielson PhotoshopProductManager WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Theessentialguide The Photoshop CC Book 23 ToneHDRimageswithAdobeCameraRaw Alittle-knownfeatureinPhotoshopCCistheabilitytousetheintuitiveACR controlslikeExposure,Contrast,Highlights,Shadows,andClaritytotoneanHDR image.StartbyselectingyourbracketedshotsinMergetoHDRPro.Changethe Modeto32-bitandselectToneinACRinthebottom-right. UseAdobeCameraRawwithvideo ACRcanbeusedonJPEGsandvideo.Lightroom5 supportssomevideoadjustmentsandsodoes PhotoshopCC,withfullACRsupportavailableforthe firsttime.JustconvertyourvideotoaSmartObject (Filters->ConvertforSmartFilters)thenapplyACRasa filter(Filters->CameraRawFilter). SmarterworkflowswithSmartFilters SmartObjectsandSmartFiltersallowforpowerfulworkflows.Youcannowuse CameraShakeReduction,theall-newSmartSharpen,LiquifyandBlurGalleryas completelynon-destructiveSmartFilters.Thismeansyoucanalwaysgoback andedityouroriginalimage. Adobe’spickofthebest StephenNielsonrevealssomeofthemostuseful toolstoimproveimagesandworkflow Our Facebook community tells you what they think about the changes Adobe has made to its software Whatdoyouthink? Attitudesfromaroundtheglobe “MoreprosthanconsIthink!” Elias Klingén / Sweden “Iwasn’tthrilledatfirst,butthere arealotofpros.Ialwaysupgrade tothelatestversionanywayand thisjustspreadsthecost.Youget alotfor$600ayear” Jay Levine / USA “Iwillneverrentsoftware.Adobeis makingabigmistake.Mostpeople willlookelsewherefortheirphoto editingneedsIthink.Jollybadshow” Steve McAleney / United Kingdom WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • 24 The Photoshop CC Book Editingessentials PAGE26 PAGE72 Gettogripswithretouching,repairingandallthebasicphotoedits PAGE46 24 The Photoshop CC Book PAGE78 Retouching in Photoshop CC Edit your fashion photos in CC 34 Boost your colours Learn how to use different adjustment layers 38 Selections made easy Make selections whilst editing 42 Use clipping masks Turn your layer into creative tools 58 Remove objects Don't let things get in your way 60 Adjust with dodge, burn and sponge Image adjustments made easy 56 Use the Sharpen tool CC's new Shake Reduction filter 68 Repair your photos Simple and easy photo fixes 26 Rescue your old photos Breathe new life into old photos 62 Change hair and eye colour Give an instant makeover 78 Restore with filters Improve your old photos 80 Discover adjustment layers Improve images non-destructively 76 PAGE58 Organising layers Understand CC's layer system 46 Learn to love levels Edit light in your image 48 Control your curves Handle curves to improve exposure and boost colours 50 Learn about histograms Get more out of histograms 52 Explore new filters Apply Camera RAW to images 72 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • The Photoshop CC Book 25The Photoshop CC Book 25 PAGE42 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 26 The Photoshop CC Book C ameras do a good job of helping us come close to the perfect image, but there are still so many snaps that don’t come out the way we want them to. This could be due to awkward lighting, poor colour or general blurriness, and it’s enough to render a good image useless. To tackle the issue, we’ve compiled our best tricks and techniques for improving your images, and fixing those common problems that every photographer faces on a daily basis – no matter how good their camera is. We look at the processes and tools that form part of these essential rescue techniques, all in aid of the pursuit of photographic perfection. So take a moment to round up all your images that you think could do with sprucing up, and try out some of the following tricks. From controlling colour and exposure to bringing back detail and cropping for visual impact, these simple processes are designed for speed and effectiveness. Let’s face it, if you’ve come back from a trip away, or have been outside shooting lots of images, then you probably don’t want to sit down for hours to edit them all. You’ll be impressed with what can be done using the right tools and adjustments, and how a ‘bad’ image can be transformed into an artful composition. RepairyourphotosFrombadlightingtoproblemskin, checkoutouressentialphoto-fixguide! WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Repairyourphotos The Photoshop CC Book 27 InstantresultsDon’tunderestimatethepowerofLevels Badlighting Capturingperfectexposures isthebiggestchallengefor everyphotographer.Incorrect exposureisusuallydowntothe differencesbetweenthe backgroundandthemain subjectintermsofbrightness. Thiscanmakeitverydifficult forcamerastocapturethe twoextremesforabalanced overallexposure. Levelsadjustment Wecanseparatethesubjectfrom therestoftheimagetorescuethe exposure.TheLevelsadjustmentis averydependableonethatwill helpusfixproblemssuchasbad exposureinnotimeatall.Splitinto threeareas,Levelscontainsagraph showingthedistributionoflight throughshadows,highlightsand midtones.Controllingtheseregions isverysimpletodo. Shadows/Highlights Call up the Shadows/Highlights adjustment from the Image menu to bring back details in dark and light areas of an image. This will also help improve exposure, giving you lots of control over the midtone contrast, colour and brightness of all areas of your image. Push this too far, however, and you may end up with a very peculiar exposure. Be sure to have Preview ticked and click on Show More Options to adjust the Tonal Widths and bring your image to life. Problem Solution Lackoflight 01Sometimes,there’snotenoughlighttoexposethe subject.ApplyLevelsasanewlayerandslidethe HighlightsandMidtoneslefttocorrectforthemainsubject. Selectbackground 03HidetheLevelsadjustmentandlocatetheQuick Selectiontool(Q).Selectthebackgroundaround themainsubject.RevealtheLevelsadjustmentandgoto Select>Inversetofliptheselection. Maskexposure 02UsingtheLevelsadjustment’smask,paintawaythe backgroundwithasoftbrushtorevealtheunedited original.Youmayneedtogooverthesubject’sedges. Trimexcess 04UsetheErasertool(E)toremoveexcessdark partsovertheedgesandhitCmd/Ctrl+Dto removetheselection.Youshouldbeleftwithamore balancedexposure.LowertheLevels’Opacitytosuit. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 28 The Photoshop CC Book Spongetostart 01SelecttheSpongetool(beneath DodgeandBurn).Onceit’sselected, youcanhitOtoquicklyjumptoit.Press Cmd/Ctrl+JtoduplicatetheBackground. Brushedcolour 03Paintoverthesubjectandany areaslackingcolourtobring saturationbacktonormal.Applythebrush instrokestocontrolthechanges.Lowerthe Flowtoapplymoresubtlecolourtoareas, ifneeded. Clippingcontrol 02IntheOptionsbar,settheSponge to200pxwithHardness:0%,Mode: SaturateandFlow:60%.Alsotickthe Vibranceboxtopreventover-saturation. Blendlayers 04Watchoutforcolourbanding;this occurswhentheSpongeisapplied tooheavily.Applythechangestoaduplicate layer,soyoucanlowerOpacitytofadethe effectandtryblendmodeslikeSaturation. Dullcolours Colourscanmakeorbreakanimage,and that’swhyit’simportanttobeableto controlexactlyhowmuchofitisthere. Imagescansufferfrompoorcolourwhen there’snotenoughlightorcontrast,and alsoifthesubjectislackingvibrantcolourin thefirstplace. Spongetool TheSpongetoolisalifesaverwhenitcomes torescuingcolour,aswecanselectively bringbackcolours.Usinglayers,wecan controltheopacityofpartsoftheimage, andastheSpongeworksinthesamewayas abrush,wecanapplyasoft,selective adjustmentwithlotsofcontrol. Problem Solution Boostcolour tones Makecolourabiggerpart ofyourimage Whitebalance,orthecolourtemperatureof light,issomethingthatcamerasusuallytake careofwhentheimageisshot.Ifyoufind thatcolourjustdoesn’tseemtoturnout right,headtoLayer>ColorBalance.When correctingbluetints,slidetowardsthered andyellowsidesofthethreesliders.You mayneedtogoallthewaytotheplusor minus100extremesinordertobringbacka morenormalcolour. Balancecolours Removeuglytintswitha ColorBalancelayer BEFORE AFTER WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Repairyourphotos The Photoshop CC Book 29 Clearskin Putyourportraitsunder thecareofPhotoshop’s trustyhealingbrushes forperfectcomplexions Spotsandblemishes Imagesrarelycomeout spotlessstraightfromthe camera,andwhenitcomesto spotsandblemisheswecan retouchthemtomakefaces appearclear.Usingtoolssuchas theCloneStamp,thePatchand theSpotHealingBrush,there’s nothingthatcanstandinthe wayofaspotlessimage. PatchandSpot HealingBrush Thesetwotoolsarevitalinthe retouchingprocessforremoving spotsandothermarksor blemishes.TheSpotHealing Brushisidealforthosesmall areasonaperson’sfacethat needremoving.ThePatchworks wondersforgettingridoflarger blemishes,bycopyingandthen blendingtheclearareasoverthe topofundesirableones. Problem Solution Experttip Toimprovetheoverallcomplexionof theskin,selecttheBrushtoolandset ittoScreenintheOptionsbar.Picka lightskintonefromtheperson’sface byholdingOpt/Alt.Then,onaduplicate versionoftheBackgroundlayer(press Cmd/Ctrl+J),brushovertheskinto applysoftandsubtleblemishremoval. Thisquickprocessisgreatforreducing reddishskin,wherethepersonmay haveseveresunburn. Better complexion ReduceaffectsIt’s importanttosetthe SpotHealingBrush toolslightlylarger thantheareabeing healedtoreduce pixeldistortion BrushcontrolThe SpotHealingBrush toolcanbeusedlike apaintbrush,which ishandywhen dealingwithlong, thinblemishes Matchingareas Whenusingthe Patchtool,be carefultolineupthe newareawithany existingpatterns, suchaslighting andskintexture,in ordertogetthe bestreplacement Patchitup!The Patchtoolwillsort outanylargerareas ofyourimagethat needclearingup. Simplydraw aroundtheareaand dragittoa‘good’ partofthesubject, thenwatchhowit instantlyvanishes WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 30 The Photoshop CC Book Quickfixes HereareafewPhotoshopsecretsto helpquicklybanishcommonproblems Wedon’talwayshavethetimetositdowninfrontofan imageandundergotime-intensiveedits;weneedquick- fire,effectivetechniques.Totakeanyimageandmakeit betterinstantly,wecancalluponanumberofadjustments thatwillquicklyadaptthecolour,lightingandtoneofan image.Theseeasyeditsinvolvenothingmorethanaclickor twoofthemouseforgreatresults. Instantcolour improvements Thefastestwayseean improvementinthecolourofan imageistoheadtotheHue/ Saturationadjustmentinsidethe Imagemenu(orsimplypressCmd/ Ctrl+U).Insidetheadjustment,look totheSaturationsliderandincrease thistobetween10and30toseea significantimprovement. Experttip TheScreenblendmodeisperfectfor creatingglowsoflight.Youcancreatea subtleglowandsimulatelightleaksor sunlightbyusingabigsoftbrushandagrey tone.Withonestroke,itwilladdacinematic effectthatmakesimagesstandout.Itworks bestonportraits,butyoucanalsouseitto enhanceexistinglightorcreatefocalpoints. Addstunning light BEFORE AFTER AutoContrast,Tone,Color Thesecommandsofferastandard correctionfortweakingcolourcasts, dulltonesandpoorcontrast.They couldsavethosevitalfewminutesin theeditingofanimage,andprovidejust enoughcorrectiontomaketheimage moreappealing.Thesecanallbefound atthetopoftheImagemenu,oryou canusetheshortcutsforeachone, suchasCmd/Ctrl+Shift+LforTone Brightenupwithacurves adjustmentOneveryeasywayto instantlybrightenupadullexposure istopressCmd/Ctrl+Mtoopenup theCurvesadjustment.Clickon thediagonallineintheadjustment andpushitupwards.Placingoneor morepointsalongthislinewillhelp youtocontrollightinthehighlights, midtonesandshadowsofanimage WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Repairyourphotos The Photoshop CC Book 31 Gradientsforboostingsky contrastSometimeswejustwant toimprovetheskyorcloudsinan image,sotheyhavemoreimpact. TheGradienttoolisidealforthis. PressGtoselectthetool,andthen DtoresetyourForegroundand Backgroundcolourstoblackand white.IntheOptionsbar,choosea SolidtoTransparentgradient,setting ittoaLinearstyleandchangingMode toOverlay.Clickanddragagradient fromthetopoftheimagedowntothe groundandwatchhowtheskypops! Repairyourphotos The Photoshop CC Book 31 StraightenhorizonsWonkyimages arequicktosortoutusingtheCrop tool.PressCtojumpstraighttothe tool,andthenlookinsidetheOptions barandclickontheStraighten command.Simplydrawalineoveran obviouslystraightedgethat’swonky, suchasthehorizon,andtheimage shouldreadjustitself.HitReturnto confirmthecorrection,orrotatethe cropboxtoangleittoperfection AutoLevelsTheLevelsadjustment isoneofthemosteffective adjustmentsforadaptingexposure. Italsocomesequippedwithan Autobuttonthatwillmakesurethe highlights,shadowsandmidtones arebalancedcorrectly.PressCmd/ Ctrl+Ltoloaduptheadjustmenton anyimageforahandyone-clickfix WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 32 The Photoshop CC Book Awkwardcomposition Inthepursuitofbetterimages,look totheCroptooltocomposeimages formaximumvisualharmony.It’s usuallyagoodideatocapturejusta bitmoreofthescenethanlessofit whenyoutakethephoto,asyoucan alwayscropinlateron. Croptool Photoshop’sCroptoolisoursaving grace,andisoneofthemost importantinanyphotoproject orquickfix.It’ssimpleyethasthe powertocompletelytransform yourimagesintoeye-catchingor emotivecomposites.Thetoolis keytoimprovingthecomposition andvisualbalanceofanimage,and you’llbepleasantlysurprisedat howmuchofadifferencecropping animagewillmake. Problem Solution Getperfectcomposition Turnamateurshotsintoprofessionalpics …onanimalphotos Whenworkingwithphotosofanimals, it’simportanttoshowasmuchofthe animalaspossible,andtoremove anythinguninterestingfromthe background.Todothis,cropintight totheanimal’sfurandmatchthe postureoftheanimalwithaportrait- orlandscape-stylecropbox. …onbuildings Withshotsinvolvingarchitecture, it’sallinthedetails.Cropinfor abetterlookatpatternsand brickwork,andcutoutany distractingobjectsaroundthe edges.Thecropboxcanbeused toleveltheimagebyrotatingone ofthefourcornerpoints,andyou canusetheGridoverlaytolevel theimageout. …onlongshots Thewayinwhichtheimage iscroppedwillhelpbetter determineitsmeaningor message.Awell-croppedimage guidestheeyetowardsthe mostimportantpartoftheframe, suchaswherethemainaction ishappening. 32 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Repairyourphotos The Photoshop CC Book 33 Pin-sharpimages Explorethebestfiltersto correctout-of-focusshots Blurryshots Abigconcernwhenshooting imagesunderpoorlight conditions,orwhere thesubjectismoving,is blurriness.Thiscanprove impossibletoeliminatein themostseverelyaffected images.However,ifanimage comesoutblurrythenthere areusuallyanumberoftools andfiltersthatwecanuseto helpreducethisandimprove thewaythatanimagelooks. Filters FiltersinPhotoshoparenot justforartyeffects,butalso forpracticalphotofixes.The SharpenandHighPassfilters offerwaystoredeemimage detailthatwaslostdueto blurring.You’llfindeventhese filtershavetheirlimitations,so learninghowtocontrolthemis crucialforthebestresults. Problem Solution Ifyou’reusingPhotoshopCCthenyou’llbeabletotakeadvantage ofthenewShakeReductionfilter.Usethistocompensate forsubtleblurringthatcanappearinimagesshotwithlong exposures,orwhenthemainsubjectmovesslightly.Thefilterwill trackthedirectionofthemovementandcompensatetomake theimageappearin-focus. Benefitfromthenew featuresCChastooffer Experttip IfPhotoshopcould haveasecret weapon,thenthe HighPassfilter wouldbeit.Hidden intheOtherfilters, HighPassbrings detailsbackto dramatically improveany image.Tousethe filter,duplicate yourBackground layer(Cmd/Ctrl+J), changeitsblendmodefromNormaltoHardLightandapply theHighPassfilterusingaRadiussettingtosuityourimage. HighPassroute UnsharpMaskfilterAlthough thissoundslikeitwillhavea negativeeffect,theUnsharpMask filteractuallymakesanimage muchcrisper.Itdoesthisby increasingthecontrastbetween neighbouringpixels FewerhalosThere’snohardand fastruleforsharpeninganimage, buttrytokeepRadiusaslowas possibletoreducehaloeffects aroundasubject AmountIncreasethe Amountslideruntilyour imageappearsvisibly sharper.Depending ontheextentofthe blurring,thisvaluewillbe differenteachtime ThresholdZoominand assessthefinalimage withPreviewticked.The Thresholdsliderwillreduce theappearanceofhalos anddistortionifyouneedto controlthesefurther Repairyourphotos PhotoshopCC WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 34 The Photoshop CC Book AFTER A dobe’s latest version of Photoshop presents several exciting new options to users. These range from great new technology, like the new Camera Shake Reduction filter, to subtle improvements, like the now-accessible brush rotation widget. This tutorial will focus on a handful that will be of particular interest to photographers and retouchers. Working from a starting portrait, we will put into action some of the latest features found in Adobe Camera Raw 8.0, including the new Spot Removal brush capabilities. Moving into Photoshop CC, the tutorial will highlight a few major improvements and use them to further fix the image. The Smart Sharpen filter and the Preserve Details option are also explored, demonstrating how these are combined to perfect photo enlargement. In addition to the updated tools, the tutorial will touch on a long-awaited feature for working with paths and rounded rectangles. Follow these steps to see what Photoshop CC really has in store. RetouchinginPhotoshopCCLearnhowtousethenewfeaturesinPhotoshopCCtoeditportraitandfashionphotos BEFORE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • RetouchinginPhotoshopCC The Photoshop CC Book 35 CameraRaw8.0 01PhotoshopCCispairedwithAdobe CameraRaw8.0,whichboasts severalusefulnewfeatures.Beginby openingthesupplieddiscfileDSC_5385. NEF.ThisisaRAWfilethatcannotbe openeddirectlyinPhotoshop.Openingit willlaunchCameraRAW8.0instead. WhiteBalance 02Themodelisdecentlylitagainstthe solidwhitebackdrop,butthereis stillsomeroomforimprovement.There’sa slightlywarmcolourcasttothephotothat canberemovedusingtheWhiteBalance Tool.It’sagrey-filledeyedropperfoundin thetoptoolbar.Useittosampleamid-grey areaofherdress. ColourCorrection 03UsetheslidersintheBasictabof theRAWinterfacetoadjustcolour andexposure,makingtheselookhowyou wantthemtointheimage.Alleviateshadow areasbyadjustingtheShadowsandthe Blackssliders,thenincreasingtheClarity andtheVibrancesettings,whichhelpsto enhancetheimage’stoneanddetail. SmarterimageeditinginPhotoshopCC Thenewestreleasehasmoreoptionsfornon-destructivephotoeditingthaneverbefore NewSpotRemovaltool 04TheSpotRemovaltoolisa well-lovedfeaturefromprevious versionsofCameraRAW.Thesignificant changeinACR8.0andPhotoshopCCis thatyounolongerneedtoapplyitthrough circularareas.Nowyoucanstrokeover areas,creatingirregularshapesthatarethen healedbytheprogramasitfindssimilar pixelstomergewiththeselectedarea.This isdonenon-destructively,assourceand targetpinscanbemovedandreadjustedto definefixes.ThenewVisualizeSpotsslider usesablack-and-whitetranslationtoassist infindingirregularitiesintheimagethatare candidatesforhealing. SpotRemovalOpacity 05UsetheSpotHealingBrushto outlinethepronouncedtendonin themodel’sneck.Thedefaultoperationof thetoolcompletelyreplacestheareawith smoothskin.Amorenaturalcorrectionisn’t toremovethetendonentirely,buttomakeit lesspronounced.BydecreasingtheOpacity slidertoavalueofaround55,wecanstillapply andshowthroughsomeoriginalpixels,but blenditinwiththesmoothskin. Backgroundcleanup 06ClickOpenImagetoapplythe CameraRAWadjustmentsand sendthefiletoPhotoshopCC.Noticethe areanearherwaistwherethere’svisible damagetothebackgroundmaterial.Select asmallportionofthedamagedareausing oneoftheMarqueetools,thenuse Edit>Fill>ContentAwareFilltoremovethe imperfections.IftheContentAwareFillpulls pixelinformationfromthedressinsteadof thebackground,usetheSpotHealingbrush tooloratighterselection. SmartSharpen 07ThenewSmartSharpenfilterdoes anextremelyimpressivejobof recoveringdetailsfromfuzzyimages.Oneof thebestnewaspectsofthisfilteristheway theAmountcanbeboostedtoextreme levelswithouttheimagesufferingfromedge halos,asinpreviousversions.Fortheimage here,settheAmountto266%,Radiusto 1.5pxandtheReduceNoisesliderto81%to getthenecessarydetail. CS6CCupdatefeatures 08Amongthenewlyavailablefeatures isSmartObjectsupportforfilters, whichbeforewasrestrictedtostandard layers.ThenewBlurGalleryfiltersare included,aswellastheLiquifyfilter.A favouriteofproretoucherseverywhere,this isnowavailablenon-destructivelyasa SmartFilter.ConvertthelayertoaSmart ObjectwiththeImage>SmartObjectmenu beforeaddingthese. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 36 The Photoshop CC Book Abetter,faster Liquifyfilter PhotoshopCCintegrates CS6’ssubscriber-onlyfeatures, includingtheabilitytouseLiquify 09 Experttip Oneofthelong-standing ruleswithphotomanipulation istoavoidresampling upwards.Ifanimageis enlargedtoomuch,thepixel informationbreaksdownand detailislost.PhotoshopCC reducesthisrestrictionwith anewPreserveDetailsoption whenresampling.Goto Image>ImageSize,checkthe Resampleboxandchoose PreserveDetailsfromthe drop-downmenu. Preserve Details Editingessentials 36 The Photoshop CC Book EyepoppingAverycommon beautyretouchingtechniqueis toincreaseeyesizeandshape. Todothis,selecttheBloattool andincreasethebrushsizeto completelycoverthewhitesof theeyes.Carefullyclickdirectlyon thepupil,makingtheeyeswider SnubNoseSharpenthe model’snosebyswitchingtothe PuckerTool,andapplyinasimilar waytotheeyes.Setthebrush sizeslightlylargerthanthetipof hernose,atavalueofaround150. Gentlyclickuntilitshrinksslightly. Besuretousesingle,controlled clicks,otherwiseit’seasytoget carriedaway FullerFigureSwitchbacktothe BloatToolandreducethebrush sizetoaround70.Thengivethe lowerlipareaabitmorevolume withjustafewclicks,butbe carefulnottodistorttheteeth. Increasethebrushsizetoaround 450andaddsomefullnessto otherbodyareas WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • RetouchinginPhotoshopCC The Photoshop CC Book 37 MoreFlexibleWorkflow PhotoshopCC’ssupportforSmartFiltersallowsgreaterflexibilityandcreativitywhenretouching SmartSkinSmoothing 10Double-clicktheSmartObjectto editcontents.Noticethattheseare intheirpre-Liquifyform.Duplicatethe imagelayerandinvert,pressingCtrl/Cmd+I. Setthisnewlayer’sblendingmodetoVivid Light.SelectFilter>Other>HighPassandset aradiusof2.ThengotoFilter>Blur> GaussianBlurandusearadiusof5.The resultshouldbeanextremelysmoothskin layer.HoldOpt/Altandaddaninvertedlayer mask.Useawhitesoftbrushat40% Opacitytoapplythesofteningeffecttothe model’sskinalone. ColourBoost 11UseaVibranceAdjustmentlayer,with Vibrancesetto+36toboostthe colourofthedress.ThenaddaHue/ SaturationadjustmentlayersettoColorize. SetHueat229,Saturationat26,and Lightnessat+7,enhancingtheeyecolour. Applyalayermasktotargettheeffecttothe irises.UseanotherHue/SaturationColorize adjustmentlayertoaddtinttothelips, settingHueat0,Saturationat34and Lightnessat-17.Changethelayerblending modetoSoftLight,reducingOpacity to59%. BacktoCameraRAW 13CameraRAWcanalsobeappliedas aSmartFilter.GotoFilter>Camera RAWFilterandlaunchtheapplication. SelectthenewRadialFilterfromthetoolbar, whichisthelasticoninthemenu.Dragout anellipseandpulltheexposuresetting downto-1.35,andreducethesaturationto -6andtheclarityto-35.ThisnewRadialFilter toolletsyouspecifyatypeofcustom vignettetodirectfocalpointsintheimage. NewShapeControls 14DrawoutaframeusingtheRounded RectangularTool.SettheFilltowhite andtheOpacityto58%.Openthe PropertiesPanelandusetheiconsalong thebottomtosettheshapetoSubtract. Enter216intooneofthecornerdefinitions, andallthecornersshouldadjust accordingly.Transformtheshapetothesize youwantfortheframe,andthecornerswill retaintheircurvesettings.Tocontrolthe cornersseparately,unlockthecentralchain linkfirst. UseColorRange Automaticselections bycolour Thisoptioncomesinhandywhenisolating areasofcolour.Insimplecases,wecanjust usetheMagicWandtoselectsolidcolours, butwhenworkingwithpaintimageslikethose inthistutorial,oroneswithexistinglighting, ColorRangebecomesamust.Makethemost oftheblack-and-whitepreviewtoseewhat you’veselectedandusetheplusandminus dropperstospecifydetailedareas.Click OK,andyoucaneasilyremovepartsofthe selectionbyholdingdownOpt/AltorShift andthenapplyingtheLassotoaddorremove activeareasandmatchselectededges. SmarterBlurGallery 12Oneofthemostcelebratedfeatures fromCS6,theBlurGallery,justgot evenbetterinPhotoshopCC.Nowitcanbe appliedasaSmartObject.Theactualmenu itemisshuffledslightly,butcanbefound underFilter>Blur>IrisBlur.Rotatethe on-screenwidgettomatchtheangleofthe model’shead,thenpositionthefocalpoint directlyoverherface.Besurethefalloff markerssitwelloutsideofherheadsothat herfaceisn’tblurred.Setblurto15px. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 38 The Photoshop CC Book C olour editing is an essential skill for image improvement and transforms a boring photo into something special. In Photoshop CC you will find a whole list of different tools under Image>Adjustments from Levels to the Brightness/ Contrast options. In this tutorial, you will learn how to use Adjustment and Fill layers to apply colour, gradients and tonal adjustments without changing the original image, as well as how to edit the mask on these layers in order to control the effect that they have on the image. You will also learn how to use key techniques such as Replace Color, Shadows/ Highlights and Curves to boost your image and polish your editing skills. BoostyourcoloursLearnhowtousedifferentAdjustmentlayerstoeditandenhancethecoloursinanimage BEFORE Editingessentials WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • The Photoshop CC Book 39 Selectthetreesandbushes 05ClickontheImageLayerandchoosetheSelection Brushtoolthenensure‘AddtoSelection’isselected. Varythebrushsizeandthendrawoverthebushesandtreesto selectthem. Grabtheocean 03Toselecttheocean,clickontheimagelayerandpickupthe MagicWandtoolagain.SettheTolerancevalueto30and ticktheContiguousandAnti-aliasboxes.Clickon‘AddSelection’ andclickovertheoceanuntilyouselectthewholearea. Brightenitup 06Weneedtomakethebrushesandtreesbrighter. Clickon‘NewAdjustmentLayer’atthetopofthelayers paletteandchooseBrightness/Contrast.IncreasetheBrightness to70. Addasoftlight 04Clickon‘NewAdjustmentLayer’atthetopoftheLayers paletteandchoosetheGradientFill.Clickon‘EditGradient Box’.Changethefirstcolourstopto#1e4966andthesecondto #4699d3.Alterthelayer’sblendmodetoSoftLight. Fixthedullsky 01OpenLaguna_psc95.psdfromyour resources.GrabtheMagicWandtool(W) andsetitsToleranceto25,andalsotickthe ContiguousandAnti-aliasboxes.ClickonAdd Selection.Nowclickovertheskyuntilyouhaveall ofitselected. Throwupsomeclouds 02Withtheskyselected,createanewlayer. Settheforegroundcolourto#2d6993 andthebackgroundto#ffffff.OpenFilter> Render>Clouds.Foramorerealisticeffect,open Filter>Blur>MotionBlur,settheangleto0˚andthe Distanceto998. Experttip TheSmartBrushtoolin CCletsyouapplyvarious effectstoenhancespecific areasinyourimages.Select aneffectoradjustment colourfromtheSmart Brushpresets.Dragor paintovertheareaswhere youwanttoapplythe effectandtheSmartBrush automaticallycreatesan adjustmentlayer.Thisis agreattooltoeditand enhanceimages;explorethe presetsandmakedramatic changestoyourphotos. Smart Brushtool Boostyourcolours WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 40 The Photoshop CC Book Selecttheaisle 07Repeattheselectionprocessfortheaisle.Choosethe SelectionBrushtoolfromthetoolbox,clickon‘Addto Selection’,thendrawovertheaisleandspacesbetweenthefence toselectit. Raisethecolour 08Weneedtoaddsomecolourtotheaisletocreateabetter contrast.Clickon‘NewAdjustmentLayer’atthetopofthe layerspaletteandchooseHue/Saturation.TicktheColorizebox, changingtheHueto30andtheSaturationto20. Mixupthetools 09Youcancombinetwoselectiontoolstoselectdifferent objects.StartbyusingthePolygonalLassotooltoselect theroof,thenchoosetheSelectionBrush,beingsuretoclickon ‘AddSelection’,anddrawoverthefencetoselectit. AdjustHueandSaturation 10Withthefenceandroofselected,clickonNewAdjustment LayeratthetopofthelayerspaletteandthenchooseHue/ Saturation.TicktheColorizebox,andthenchangetheHueto40 andtheSaturationto25. Hitthebeach 11Ontheimagelayer,choosethe SelectionBrushandselectthebeach. ClickonNewAdjustmentLayerandchoose Levels.Movethemiddlemarkerto0.68,as thiswillhelptobringbacksomeofthelost detailsintheselectedarea. GiveitaLomo 12EnsureBackground/Foreground coloursaredefaultblackandwhite. ChooseLayer>NewFillLayer>Gradient.Hit OK.NowfortheGradientFillsettings,setthe StyletoRadial,Angleto120andcheck ReverseandAlignwithlayerareticked. Finishup 13Theimageisalittledark,solet’suse theAdjustmentlayertoincreasethe Brightness.ClickonAdjustmentlayerand chooseBrightness/Contrast,thenincrease theBrightnessto50anddecreasethe Contrastto-30toachieveasubtleeffect andcreateagorgeousphotograph. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Boostyourcolours The Photoshop CC Book 41 Boostyourcolours Coloureditingtool MakesimplecoloureditsinElementsusingavarietyoftools Selectandadjustskintones PhotoshopCChasaneasywaytoselectskintonesforadjusting. OpentheSelectmenuandchooseColorRange,andfromthelist ofcolourspickSkinTones.AdjusttheFuzzinesssliderforthe bestselection. Levels UseLevelstoadjustthebrightness,contrastandtheoverall tonesinyourimage.OpentheImage>Adjustmentsmenuand pickLevels.Movetheslidersleftorrighttoextendtheentire tonalrange. Shadows/Highlights UsetheShadow/Highlightcommandtoimprovethedark(shadow)and light(highlight)areasofanimage.GotoImage>Adjustments>Shadows/ HighlightsanddragtheLightenShadowsslidertograduallybringdetails backintothedarkareas. Curves TheAdjustColorCurvecommandimprovescolourtonesbyadjusting highlights,midtonesandshadowsineachcolourchannel.Goto Image>Adjustments>Curves.OntheSelectaStylebox,chooseapreset styletoapply. ReplaceColor GotoImage>Adjustments>ReplaceColor...toswapacolourfor another.Clicktheeyedropperandthenclickonthecolouryouwantto replace.DragtheFuzzinessslideranddragtheHueslidertoadda newcolour. RemoveColor Youcanconvertaspecificimageareaortheentireimageto blackandwhite.Selectapart/allofyourimageusingoneofthe selectiontools.HeadtoImage>Adjustments>Desaturateandmove theslidersuntilyouarehappy. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 42 The Photoshop CC Book M aking selections is one of the staple skills that any Photoshop user should learn, but it doesn’t have to be difficult. You don’t have to use the dreaded Pen tool (even though once you get the hang of it, it really isn’t so bad), as CC offers you a wide range of easy-to-use selection tools to suit every possible project. There are a number of reasons why you might need to make a selection. One of the most common is to create a new composition, for example by placing a new sky into a cloudy scene, or changing the background for a family portrait. You might also want to remove an unwanted object, or blend the best parts of two photos together. You might also want to brighten the faces of the people in your photo without affecting the rest of the background. All of these tasks use some form of selection method, so you won’t get too far in editing using Photoshop without coming across them. SelectionsmadeeasyWetakeanin-depthlookattheselectiontoolsavailable CompositingTheballoons havebeencopiedandpastedinto theirnewsurroundingsandscaled tosuit BEFORE BEFORE AFTER SpeedysolutionsAsimple compositionlikethiscan takearoundunderten minutesfromstarttofinish QuickselectionsEachofthese balloonsisfromaseparatephoto andhasbeencutoutusingthe QuickSelectiontool RefinetheselectionToensurethattheselections areaccurate,thenewRefineEdgetoolhasbeen usedsothattheballoonsarecompletelyisolated fromtheiroriginalbackgrounds WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Selectionsmadeeasy The Photoshop CC Book 43 Locatetherighttool 01YouwillfindtheQuickSelectiontool intheleft-handpaletteunderthe Selectheading.Itsharesitsspacewiththe MagicWandtoolandtheSelectionBrush. Startselecting 02Tostartselecting,simplyjustclick anddrag.Westartedinthemiddle oftheballoonandworkedourwaytothe outeredges Tidyitup 03UsetheAddandSubtractoptions inthebottommenutoclickon areasyouwishtoaddtoorremovefrom yourselection.Weneededtoremovesmall bitsofbackgroundandaddinasomeareas. MakeaquickselectionCreatesimpleselectionsinminutes UsePhotoshop’sautomatedselectionoption Photoshopoffersmanyselectiontoolsthataresimpletouse.The MagicWandtool(A)hasalwaysbeenago-toforcuttingout,butthis onlyselectspixelsofthesamecolour,whichmeansit’snogoodunless theobjectyou’recuttingisuniform.TheQuickSelectiontool(A)is justasstraightforward,exceptthatitselectspixelsbasedonwhere youclick. GoodpractiseWheneveryou’re workingwithselectionswiththe intentionofcuttinganareaoutor makingatargetedadjustment, workonaduplicatelayerto preservetheoriginal ClicktoselectTostart selectinganobject,simply clickanddragwiththecursor. Photoshopwillanalysethe textureandcolourofwhere youarepointingthecursorand selectsimilarareas RectifymistakesIfyouselect anareathatyoudon’twant included,thenyoucanusethe Subtractoptiontoclickonareas toremovefromtheselection. Similarly,youcanalsoclick onareastoAddthemtothe currentselection Furtherrefinement Photoshophasthepowerful RefineEdgefeature(seethenext page),whichmeansthatyoucan tidyupyourselectionsprecisely fromabasicquickselection TheQuickSelectiontool WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 44 The Photoshop CC Book Betterselections withRefineEdge Gettogripswiththe powerfulRefineEdgetool thatCChastooffer The ability to refine the edges of selections has been around in Photoshop for quite a while. However, it was with CS5 that it got a real makeover as the Refine Edge tool, with its own dialog and powerful controls to save huge amounts of time. It has continued to be refined and now with CC it is better than ever. Getstarted 01OpenyourimageandusetheQuick Selectiontooltoisolatetheobject youwanttoselect.NowgrabRefineEdgein thepanelatthebottomofthescreen. Adjusttheradius 03Youcanusetheslidertoincrease theradiusofyourselection.The valueyouneeddependsonyourimage,so moveituntilyoucanseethedesiredareas. UseSmartRadius 04TickingtheSmartRadiusbox meansthatPhotoshopElements willanalysetheedgesanddeterminethe radiusforeachareaautomatically. Tidyitup 05 KeepusingRefineRadiusandErase Refinements.Decontaminate Colorswillpreventthebackgroundfrom seepingthroughintoyourselections. RefineEdgedialog 02Inthefirstsectionofthedialogyou canpickhowtoviewyourselection. Howtheselectionwillbeused?Ifit’sgoing onalightbackground,viewitOnWhite. BEFORE AFTER Decontaminatecolors Thisisgreatonhair,asit eliminatesthebackground colourshowingthrough, givingyouacleanselection. AswiththeRadiusoption, youcanadjustitsstrength tosuit Refineandremoveareas Brushoverareaswhere youneedtoexpand orcontracttheradius selectively,forexample tobringfinedetailintothe selectionortoremoveany otherbackgroundelements ViewModeHereyou canchoosetoviewyour selectionOnBlack,On White,asaBlack&White imageoronatransparent background,among manyothers SmartRadiusWhenyou pickthisoption,Photoshop Elementswillanalysethe edgesofyourselectionand lookforchangesintexture andcolourtodetermine whereyourselection shouldbe.Youmaywishto leavethisuncheckedand manuallyadjustradius WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Selectionsmadeeasy The Photoshop CC Book 45 Traditionalselectionstools Allthemoderntoolscanmakeyouforgetabouttheseclassics Selection tools have been around since the very first versions of Photoshop, however they’ve become much more advanced and automated over the years. Often you don’t need to mess around with the modern methods and the basic selection tools are perfectly suited to the task. Selectthetreesandbushes 05ClickontheImageLayerandchoosetheSelectionBrush toolthenensureAddtoSelectionisselected.Varythe brushsizeanddrawoverthebushesandtreestoselectthem. Lassotool 03ClickontheImageLayerandchoosetheSelectionBrush toolthenensureAddtoSelectionisselected.Varythe brushsizeandthendrawoverthebushesandtreestoselectthem. RectangularMarqueetool 01Iftheobjectthatyouwanttoisolateissquareorrectangular, thenyoucanusethistooltodrawastraight-edgedselection area.Thisisgreatforsignsandbillboards,forexample. PolygonalLassotool 04SimilartotheLassotool,thisdrawsstraightedges, whichisgoodifyoudon’thaveasteadyenoughhandto drawstraight. Circularselection 02Thisisanothersimple-shapedtool,thistimedesignedto quicklyselectcircularorellipticalareasofanimage.Hold downshifttocreateaperfectcircle. What doesitmean? TARGETEDADJUSTMENTSThis simplymeanstomakeadjustments, suchascoloureditingortonalchanges, eg,inonespecificareaofanimage.To makeatargetedadjustment,start withaselectionoftheareayou wanttoeditandthenanything youdowillaffectonlythe selectedarea. Evenmoreoptions Yourselectionoptions Thesearethefinalselection featuresinPhotoshopCC. TheSelectionBrushtool(A) enablesyoutoeitherpaint overtheareathatyouwantto select(inSelectionmode), orpaintovertheareasthat youdon’twanttoselect(in Maskmode).Youcanthen adjustthebrushasnormal. TheSmartBrushtool(F) addstargetedadjustmentstoselectedareas.Thismeansyoucanmake theskybluerorteethwhiterautomatically,forinstance,bycreatinga selectionbasedonaspecifictextureandcolour. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 46 The Photoshop CC Book Mergelayers 01Multiplelayersinanimagecanbemergedtogether.This reducesthenumberoflayersinyourpalette,andthere arenolimits.Todothis,selectthelayeryouwanttomergeandgo toLayer>MergeDown(orpressCmd/Ctrl+E).Whenalayeris mergeditjoinswiththeonedirectlyunderneathitinthepalette. Makingduplicates 02Ifyoueverwanttomakeadirectcopyofonelayerduring theeditingstage,pressCmd/Ctrl+J,ordragalayerontothe CreateaNewLayerbutton.Thismakesanexactduplicateof whatever’sonthatlayer.Getintothehabitofdoingthiswhenever youopenanimage,sothatyoualwaysworknon-destructively. Controllinglayers Differentwaysinwhichlayerscanbehandled L ayers form the basis for all editing, either from scratch or with a photo to start you off. Every layer contains new information that changes the way your image looks. Adding a new layer is easy enough, but keeping them organised is usually more difficult. We take you through the various ways in which you can arrange a busy Layers palette. It could be a matter of merging or grouping a bunch of layers, so that you have a better sense of where everything is located inside the palette. These techniques should help you become a more efficient Photoshop artist. Understanding the basics of using layers, and ordering them in the palette, is essential before jumping straight in the deep end. Grouping your layers can save you lots of time. Try creating your own photo collage by following the steps opposite. Organisinglayers Photoshopwouldn’tbePhotoshopwithoutlayers WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Organisinglayers The Photoshop CC Book 47 Layerstyles Layerstyles showupwiththelettersfxonthe layer.TheStrokeandDrop Shadowstyleswereaddedto theseimages(fromLayer>Layer Style)toaddextraelementsto thedesign RenamelayersTorename alayerdouble-clickonits nameinsidethepalette. Doingthisregularlywillhelp yourecognisewhat’sona layer,especiallyifitscontent issmall GroupsGroupfolders cancontainmultiplephotos, whichwillkeepyourpalette lookingtidy.Clickonthe drop-downarrownexttothe folder’sicontohideorshow thecontents LockedlayersTolockalayer intoposition,clickonthethird buttonintheLayerspalette underLock.Thewooden backgroundinthisimagehas beensecuredintoplaceunder theimages MovinglayersThe Movetool(V)setto Auto-Select:Layersatthe topofPhotoshopwill instantlyrecognisethe image’slayerclickedonin yourcanvas CreateaGroup Keepaclosereyeonyourlayersinaphotocollage Createanew document 01 InPhotoshop,gotoFile> New.FromthePreset drop-downlistselect InternationalPaper,andthenA4 fortheSize.Giveyourfilea nameatthetopoftheOpen dialogbox,suchasPhoto Collage.HitOK. Reorderlayers 04 Tochangetheorder thelayersoverlapin thecomposition,clickand dragalayerupordownthe palette(Cmd/Ctrland[/]).The currentactivelayerisalways highlightedblue,soyouknowat anystagewhichoneyou’re workingon. Placeimages 02 GotoImage>Image Rotation>90CW.To openimagesintothis documentonebyone,goto File>Placeandpickyourfirst image.HitPlaceandrotateand resizeholdingShiftandusing thecornerpoints.HitEnterto confirmitsposition. Groupup 03 Whenallofyour imageshavebeen placed,clickonthefirstimagein theLayerspaletteandthelast whileholdingShift.Thengoto Layer>GroupLayers.Thelayers shouldhideawayinsideanew Groupfolder.Double-clickthe grouplabeltorenameit. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 48 The Photoshop CC Book Darkenanimage 01TheLevelsadjustmentisonewaytoquicklydarkenthe shadowregionsinanimage.Thiscreatesamoodierfeel, andithelpsimagesthathavebeenoverexposedduringthe shooting.Simplypushthefarleftpointerunderthegraph(the blackone)inwardsandwatchhowyourimagechangesits brightness.Also,noticehowthemiddlepointerunderthegraph slidesslightlytotherightasyoumakethesechanges. Brighterhighlights 02SincetheLevelsadjustmentcontainsthreeseparate pointersunderthegraph,wecancontrolcertainpartsof theimage.Thefarrightpointerisforadaptingthehighlightsinan image.Pushthisinwardtoboostthebrightnessandtomakeyour imageappearmuchlighter.Toofar,however,andtheimagewill becomeoverexposed.Trytokeepthechangestothisadjustment verysubtle,asalittlegoesalongway. Manipulatelight Adapttheshadowsandhighlights T he Levels adjustment means that we can take straightforward photos and turn them into dramatic compositions. It comes with three pointers for controlling Highlights, Shadows and Midtones in an image, and the results are instant. The adjustment can be applied in two ways: either through the Image menu or the Layer menu. Going down the Image menu route, we don’t have the addition of a mask and the adjustment is applied destructively to the highlighted layer. However, going via the Layer menu, we can enjoy the useful inclusion of a mask. The mask that comes with the adjustment (after hitting Layer>New Adjustment Layer) enables us to choose which parts of the image we want to affect. Take this photo, for example, which has a distracting background in what could have be an impressive portrait capture. We can edit just the background using the mask and a brush to make the person stand out more clearly. Follow these steps to learn about Levels and masks. You can use any photo you want, just not a portrait one. Learnto loveLevels Re-editlightusingthisessential Photoshopadjustment AFTER BEFORE NaturallightThe lightingonthewomanis unaffectedafterediting themask AdddramaUseLevelstodarken theshadowsinthebackground andtokeeptheforegroundbright MasksEditinga maskmeanswecan selectivelybrushinor outareasof theadjustment WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Learntolovelevels The Photoshop CC Book 49 EditingwithLevels AbreakdownoftheLevelsadjustment Relightyourphotos UseLevelsandbrushworktoadaptthelightingforbetterportraits Newadjustment 01 Withanimageopen, addtheLevels adjustmentfromtheLayer menuatthetopofPhotoshop, andunderNewAdjustment Layer.Inthepop-updialog box,callitBackgroundLight andhitOK. Edititsmask 04 Noticehowthelayer maskshowsthe changesyoumadeasblack.To removeanymistakes,switchto theErasertool(E)withthe samesettingsasbeforeand thenpaintoverthepartsyou didn’twanttoaffect. Reducelighting 02 TweaktheLevels adjustmentsothatthe backgroundismuchdarker.To dothis,pushboththeblack(for shadows)andmid-grey(for midtones)pointersinward.You shouldseeasignificant differencetothebrightness. Retrievelight 03 Themainsubjectwill betoodarkafter makingtheseedits.Grabthe Brushtool(B)fromtheToolbar andsetittoasoft,roundbrush. Clickontheadjustment’smask andpaintoverthemainsubject tobringbacktheoriginaldetails. GraphconfusionThelightingin yourimageisdisplayedasa graph,showingtheshadow regionsontheleftandthe highlightregionsontheright,and everythinginbetween LayeringtechniquesThe Layerspaletteshowsthe Levelsadjustmentabovethe Backgroundlayer.Clickonthe smallgraphsymboltoopenup thesettings Brushtool Themaskonthe adjustmentlayercanbeedited usingtheBrushtoolsetto black.Chooseasofttipwhen editinglight,settingHardness to0% OutputLevelsYoucan altertheOutputLevelsto furtherreducethe impactofthehighlights andshadowsin yourimage WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 50 The Photoshop CC Book P hotoshop’s Curves adjustment is used to control the exposure of an image. The adjustment can also be used to manipulate colour, as it’s divided up into red, green and blue. When worked with individually, these colours give you the chance to restore exposure and create more abstract effects. You can boost each of the levels separately giving preference to one colour if you so wish. Like many adjustments in Photoshop, Curves can be added to an image as a separate layer, which also means that it comes with a mask. Read on to find out how Curves can be used to improve a landscape image. If there’s a distinct colour in your image, use Curves to increase or decrease its contrast by changing the adjustment from RGB to one of the three colours. Controlyourcurves HandleCurvesconfidentlytoimproveexposureandboostcolours CreatingcurvesPushthe diagonallineupwardsto brightentheimageor downwardstodarkenthetone Colourcurves Thecurved linesindicatehowthethree primarycolours(red,greenand blue)havebeenmanipulatedin theimage Nomathsneeded!The Curvesadjustmentmaylooklikea mathematicalnightmare,butit simplyshowshowthehighlights andshadowsaredistributed acrossyourimage Targetcolour The colourswereespeciallylackingin thisimagebeforetheCurves adjustmentwasputtouse BEFORE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Controlyourcurves The Photoshop CC Book 51 BettercolourIncreasethecontrastofcolourusingtheCurvesadjustmentinPhotoshop Findtheadjustment 01LoaduptheCurvesadjustmentlayerfromthecircular iconatthebaseoftheLayerspalette.Itwillappearasa newlayer,withawhitemaskandasmallthumbnailcontaining itssettings. Curvesstructure 02TheCurvesadjustmentcontainsastraightdiagonallinethat cutsthroughagraph.Thegraphshowstheshadowsonthe lefthandsideandthehighlightsovertotheright.Hoveroverthis diagonallinetoseeapairofcrosshairs. Increasecontrast 03Clickanddragthediagonallineupwardsovertherightside ofthegraphtoseeaboostinthehighlights.Clickanddrag thelinedownwardsovertheleftsidetodeepentheexposureofthe shadowregions.Usetheeyesymbolintheadjustmenttocompare itbeforeandafter. Improvecolour 04ThelettersRGBwillbeselected atthisstage.Changethisto Bluetoimproveablueskyorgreenforagrassylandscape. Adaptthediagonallineinmuchthesamewayasbefore,untilyou seeanimprovementtothecolour. Colour correction 05Gothrough Red,Green andBlueinthe adjustmentandliftthe diagonallineupwardsto boostthecolourtones ofcertainsubjects. Keepingthechanges verysubtle,youshould seeasignificantoverall improvementtothe image.Gobackto RGBtoadaptjust theexposure. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 52 The Photoshop CC Book LearnabouthistogramsUsinglevelsandcurvesisonething,butareyougettingthe mostfromhistograms? H istograms; the often overlooked indicator in all images is surprisingly more than just a pretty pattern in your Levels and Curves dialog boxes. This little graph is a representation of the colour and tonal depth within an image – a quick-glance indicator if you like – explaining how much lightness and darkness is present, and can also telegraph any gaps within the tonal integrity of an image that may affect the editing possibilities of the image. When you look at a histogram in context to the image you are working with, depending on which side of the graph/scale has more information on it, indicates the brighter or darker the image. Seeing as how histograms work in both X and Y scales, there is an indicator as to which tonal area is affected, and typically, the graphical representation of all histograms are all laid out the same, with the shadow details indicated on the left, the mid-tones in the middle, and the highlight detail on the right. The vertical column is dedicated to showing intensity, reflecting the amount of detail present, be it nothing or everything. Editingessentials 52 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Learnabouthistograms The Photoshop CC Book 53 Imagebreakup 04Wewanttoaddcontrastand colour,butwhenusingcurvesit’s easytodamagetheimage.We’veboosted brightness,andthebreaksinthe histogramindicatemissingtonaldetail. Avoidthisatallcosts. Selectyourimage 01ClickCmd/Ctrl+Otoopenyour image.SelectthecurvesviaImage> Adjustments>Curves(Cmd/Ctrl+M)orby creatingare-editableadjustmentlayer;click Layer>NewAdjustmentLayer>Curves. Plotpointsrevealed 05Toaddthecontrastwithout damagingtheimagetoomuch,we willaddafewanchorpointsintoourcurve. Clickthreepointsinthelineandgivethem thefollowinginput/outputvalues:54-45, 102-102,133-138. Accessthehistogrampanel 02GointoView>Histogramto accessalivefeedshowingyour edits’impactontheintegrityoftheimage. We’veclickedonAllChannelsView,sowe canseeeachchannel’sroleinthebuildup toafinalimage. RGBplotting 06Exactlylikethelaststep,dropdown thechanneloptionandselect eachcolourandaddinthefollowinginput/ outputvalues:Red;44-33,179-172,Green; 127-121,Blue;128-117. AccessCurves 03Oncethecurveinformationis available,lookatthehistogram. Colourandtonalarrangementsarereflected inthehistogram,givingagradualpeakover themidtonesection,indicatingadense colourpalette. Usethehistogramwithcurves Toedittoneorcolour,readontoseehowtogetmorefromthistool Closerlook Whatthedifferentelements ofahistogrampalette actuallymean AdjustthemidtonesTheMidtone indicatorispossiblythemostsubtle, andmostaffectiveofthehistogram’s tonalareas.Hereyoucanadjustthe overallcontrastoftheimage,byeither lighteningordarkeningtheimage AdjustthelighttonesTheHighlight indicatoristhepolaroppositeofthe Shadow’sexceptitdealswithpure whitesandgreys.Byadjustingthis,you canbleachoutyourimagebyextending thereachofpurewhitewithinanimage BothlevelsandcurvesEventhoughthis histogramistakenfromthelevels,theprinciple isthesameacrosstheboardintermsof histograms,meaningthattheprinciplesstated herearethesameforcurves TheXandYaxisTheXaxisdisplaysthe tone/shade,anywherefrom0-255,0 beingblackand255beingwhite,andthe Yaxisindicateshowstrongthattone/ shade’spresencewithintheimageis AdjustthedarktonesUsingtheShadow detailindicatoryoucanadjustthevalue ofthedarktones,darkeningtheimageby slidingtheblackpointalong,reducingthe lightnessoftheimage WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 54 The Photoshop CC Book Assessthehistogram 02Withclearpeaksontheleft-handsideofthehistogramin Levels,it’sclearthisimageisalotdarkerthanthelast.Open uptheHistogrampanelaswellastheLevelsbyclicking View>Histogram. Levelout 01Forthisprojectwewillbeusinganadjustmentlayeraswe havebefore,soopenyourimageandclickLayer>New AdjustmentLayer>Levels.ThiswillopentheLevelsdialogbox. Sliders 03AswithCurves,Levelsdoesalmost thesamejob,butislaidout differently.Forstarters,theeditmodeuses aslider,givingyouastrongsenseofexactly whereonthescaleyouareediting. Exposeyourimage 06Asthisimageisnaturallydarkand lackingsaturation,usetheShadow sliderandmoveitto10,andtheMidtone sliderto1.26.Youdon’tneedtoworryabout thehighlights. Slideroperations 04TheslidersontheLevelshistogram relatetotheShadow,Midtone,and Highlights.Theoutputslidersunderneath controlshadowandhighlightrepresentation whenusingspecificprintersandpaper. Bringoutthefoliage 07LiketheCurvesdialog,there’s accesstotheRGBcontrols. However,thecontrolisverylinearandcan appearheavyhanded.Addinthefollowing: Red;14,1.13,250.Green;8,1.10,255.Blue;8, 1.10,255. Tonalbreakdown 05Asyoucansee,thereissome breakdownintonalitybecause we’repushingthelightnessoftheimage pastthatofwhatwascapturedin camera.Toomuchwillresultindigital noiseanddistortion. Appeasethehistogram 08Asthehistogramisaclearindicator astotheexposurevalueandtonal referenceofanimage,attheendoftheedit youmaywanttofadetheeffectsofyour edittomakethehistogramlesspatchy. Usethehistogramwithlevels TheLevelshistogramleavesoutthelinesbutcanhavequiteanimpact WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Learnabouthistograms The Photoshop CC Book 55 Histogramsatwork Onceyou’vegotyourheadroundthem,histogramsareessentialforfixingphotos Already a dark image, this shot was set up to be contrasting but with detail. It would have been easy to simply use the Shadow or Highlight pipette in Curves to boost the contrast, but instead a subtle curve was added based around the information contained in the histogram, so applying tweaks to level out the peaks and flows slightly, without losing the contrast. Then as a finishing touch, the black and white conversion was added to keep the midtone range in the lighter areas of the image. Createdramaticimpact For this image, a combination of both levels and curves has been applied to give the dynamic scene a more colourful and contrasting edge. The histogram was looked at,and in the centre was a large spike in the midtones and not a lot else. To bring out the colour, the RGB options of the curve and the levels were adjusted bringing the colour out, then the contrast was tweaked on both levels and curves. This gave a vibrant feel, but sadly brought out the grain of the shot and made the midtone of the blue channel blocky, so a Gaussian Blur was used on the blue channel and with the help of the History tool, carefully edited so it didn’t affect the planes. Fixcolourandcontrast With this image, the challenge is set in that the exposure is pretty much perfect from the start. The issue raised is in the marble work where the highlight tone is burning out to white. By using the curves, you can plot points to bring back detail to a specific range of highlights by subtly replacing the value of ‘white’ with something a little darker. This is where the curves hold the advantage over levels as the ability to plot specific values in the scale to edit is more versatile than simple sliders. Subtlelighting corrections BEFORE BEFORE BEFORE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 56 The Photoshop CC Book T he Dodge, Burn and Sponge tools are designed to edit exposure and colour in an image. Being tools, rather than adjustment layers or filters, they give you a great deal of control and accuracy. They enable you to choose the exact position and strength of the effects by painting them onto the image. Let’s start with the Dodge and Burn tools. These two reflect the traditional photographic techniques used to enhance lighting, with Dodge brightening areas and Burn darkening them. You may have one subject in your image that has been under or overexposed, and that’s where these two come into play. Lastly, the Sponge tool deals with colour, and can be set up to add or remove colour to a subject. Adjustwithdodge, burnandsponge Imageadjustmentsmadeeasywiththesetools Backgroundcopy Withedits madetoaBackgroundCopy layer,blendmodesand Opacitycanbeadjustedto controltheeffect What doesitmean? PROTECTTONES Thisoptioncomeswiththe DodgeandBurntools.With thisturnedon,detailsinyour imagewon’tbelostinthe highlightsandshadowswhen makingadjustmentswith thetools. ToggleoptionThethree toolsaregroupedtogether withthesameshortcutkeyof O.Ctrl/right-clickoverthe icontorevealallthreetools WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Adjustwithdodge,burnandsponge The Photoshop CC Book 57 Burntool 01TheBurntoolisusedtodarkenparts ofyourimage.Selectthetoolfrom theToolbar(O).Checkthatyouhavethe Burntoolselected,andnottheDodgetool, byclickingandholdingovertheicontoview allavailableoptions. Layerspalette 01Importyourimageinto Photoshop.Duplicatethe Backgroundlayerbydraggingitfrom theLayerspaletteontotheCreatea NewLayerbutton.ABackgroundCopylayer willappear. Addcontrast 04SettheRangeoptionforthetoolto Midtones.Paintoncemoreover thebackgroundelementstoaddfurther contrast.Trynottopaintoveroneareatoo manytimes,astheeffectwillget increasinglystronger. Range 02IntheOptionsbar,therearethree Rangestochoosefrom:Shadows, MidtonesandHighlights.We’llonlyneedthe firsttwofortheBurntool.SelectShadows andsettheExposureto40%.Duplicate yourbackgroundlayer. Tool’sMode 02SelecttheSpongetool(O)and,in theOptionsbar,setModeto SaturateandFlowto30%.TicktheVibrance box.Selectabrushsizethatcoversthearea ofcolouryouwanttoadjust,thensetitto 0%Hardness. Dodgesettings 05 NowselecttheDodgetool,which isusedtobrightenupsubjects.In theOptionsbar,setRangetoMidtonesand setExposureto40%.Paintoverthe foregroundpartsofyourimagetobrighten themup. Darken 03Setyourbrushsizetoalarge,soft tipfromwithintheOptionsatthe top.Paintwiththetoolovertheshadowsin thebackgroundpartsofyourimage.Ifthe effectistoostrongthenlowertheOpacity oftool.Usethissparinglyoveryourimage. Paintsaturation 03PaintwiththeSpongetooloverthe colourinyourimage.Youshould seethesaturationofthecolourincrease, addingmorelifetotheimage.Becarefulnot tooverdotheeffect,asnoisewillstartto gatheranddegradethequality. Overlaymode 06Toseehowmuchthelightinghas changed,clickontheeyesymbol oftheduplicatelayertoturnitonand off.Changethelayer’sblendmodeto OverlayandloweritsOpacityto70%for morecontrast. DodgeandBurntoolsChangehowthelightfallsinyourimages Makecolourssing BoostcolourswiththeSpongetool WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 58 The Photoshop CC Book Creativeuse Bymixingshapes, patternsandclipping masks,wehavebuilt upthisscrapbook- styleimage Theclippingmask Thedownarrow showsthataclipping maskhasbeen applied.Thelayer takesontheformof whateverisonthe layerunderneathit ShapelayerMade withtheCustom Shapetool,thislayer willabsorbwhatever isonthelayeraboveit ShapeimageThe imageontopofthe shapelayerwillhave theclippingmask appliedtoit Inthebackground Anyareatheshape doesn’tcoverreveals thelayersbelow What doesitmean? CLIPPINGMASKSIt’seasyto moveclippingmasks.Gotothe LayerspaletteandShift-clickon eachlayerassociatedwiththe clippingmask.Nowyoucan headtotheMovetooltoalter theposition,angleorsize ofyourselected clippingmask. C lipping masks sound horrific and don’t really feature on the radar of many beginners. However,aswithalotof thingsthatseeminitiallyimpenetrable,theyaren’t thathardonceyoutakethefirstleap. Aclippingmaskenablesyoutostickoneimage ontotheformofanother.Intheworldof Photoshop,thismeansusingashapelayerto makeaformandthenaddinganimageontopto sticktothatform. Thisisadreamcapabilityfordigital scrapbookenthusiastsoranyonewantingto createadigitaldisplay.Ourimageherewasbuilt usingclippingmasksforalloftheframesand decorativeeffects. Useclippingmasks Turnyourlayersintocreativetoolswiththisessentialfeature WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Useclippingmasks The Photoshop CC Book 59 Setthebackground 01Startbyimportingallofthesupplied imagesintoPhotoshop.We’ve suppliedthebackgrounds,butgraba selectionofyourownsnaps.Openupone ofthebackgroundstosithappilyonthe bottomlayer,thenaddtheshapeand clippingmasklayersontop. Adjusttheframe 07You’llnowseethumbnailsofalltheavailableframes.Select oneandthenclickanddragonyourdocumenttosurround thephoto.Itdoesn’tmatterifthisisn’texact,justpicktheShape Selectiontool(undertheCustomShapetool),thenclickanddrag ontheanchorpointsaroundtheframetoadjustthesize. Applyapattern 08Youcanaddpatternstoshapesthesamewayasphotos. Openuponeofthesuppliedpapers,selectall,copyand pasteintothedocument.Adjustthesizeandthengoto Layer>CreateClippingMask.Thistechniquecanberepeatedwith othershapesandpaperstobuildtherestoftheimage. Addashape 02GototheShapetoolsinthetoolbar andclickontheRectangletool. Nowclickanddragwhereyouwanttoplace thefirstimage.Assoonasyouletgo,a shapelayerwillappear.Don’tworryabout thecolourfornow,aswe’llapplyanimageto itnext. Insertyourfirstphoto 03Double-clickononeofyourphotos toopenitup.Onceopen,goto Select>AllandthenEdit>Copy.Clickbackon yourdocumentandgotoEdit>Paste.Thisis makeashapelayer,soyouneedtomake sureitwillfit.Thenextstepistorestorethe opacityofthephotolayer. EasilyformatshapesHarnessthepowerofthiscrucialtool Movetofit 04SelecttheMovetoolfromthe toolbar,thenclickanddragthe photoaboutuntilit’sinplace.Ifyouneedto adjustthesize(ourexampleistoolarge) simplyclickanddragontheanchorpoints. Whenyouarehappy,clickthetickiconand thenmovetheOpacitysliderbackto100%. Useaclippingmask 05 HolddownAlt/Optionandclick thelinebetweenthephotolayer andshapelayertoclipthemtogether.You’ll seeanarrownexttotheclippedlayer pointingdownwards.Ifyouneedtogetridof aclippingmask,gotoLayer>Release ClippingMask. Includemoreshapes 06Nowlet’sgetdecorative.Goback totheShapestoolareaandthis timepicktheCustomShapestool.Itcomes withahostofpresetforms,whichwewilluse now.ClicktheShapespickerandthenclick theright-pointingarrowtoseethedifferent typesofshapes.PicktheFramesset. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 60 The Photoshop CC Book Remove objects Don’tletstraylamppostsor streetsignsruinyourshot! I t’salltooeasytomissadistractingobject likeastreetsignorlamppostwhileyou’re busysnappingaway,onlyspottingthem afterwardswhenyoulookbackthroughthe photosthatyou’vecaptured. Moreoftenthannot,reshootingimageswith distractingobjectsloomingbehindthesubject, perhapsevenappearingtogrowfromoutof theirheadorshoulder,issimplynotanoption. Fortunatelythough,PhotoshopCChasthe toolsyouneedtoremovetheseblemishes. Howlongittakestocarryoutadjustments likethisnaturallydependsontheseverityof theproblembutyouwillsoonfindthat,with practice,yougetquickerandmoreadeptat dealingwithdistractions.Ofcourse,thebig secretliesinensuringthattheeditingyoudois asseamlessaspossible,sothatanyoneviewing thephotocan’tspotthatsomethinghasbeen removedatall. What doesitmean? CLONEOVERLAYandSAMPLE ALLLAYERScanseemconfusing, buteachoffersasimplechoice.Clone Overlayallowsyoutochoosewhether thesampledpixels‘hover’over areasyou’reworkingon.Sample AllLayerstellsCCtotake samplesfromallthelayers. Generally,youcanleave itunchecked.ZoominginRememberto zoominasyouwork,butifan areaoftheimageisgivingyou particularissues,zoomout againtoseehownoticeableit willactuallybe BlueskiesContraryto whatyoumightexpect,areasof uninterruptedcolour,suchasa cloudlessbluesky,canbetrickyto workwith.ThankfullytheHealing Brushcopeswell HairlineAlwayspayclose attentiontoareasofirregular detail,suchasaroundthehairline, asthiscanbeagiveawayifnot blendedcarefully BEFORE AFTER WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials Getsetup 01Open‘Lamppostportrait.jpg’inCC. Beforeyoubegin,it’sanideato duplicatetheBackgroundlayer–themain imagelayer.ThenheadtotheToolbarand selecttheSpotHealingBrushtoolorpressJ onthekeyboard. Beginretouching 03HolddownAltandclickonceto selectasourcepoint.Thisiswhat willbereferencedasyouclickonthe object(s)toremove.Reselectsourcepoints oftentoensurethatit’sappropriateforthe areathatisbeingremoved. Normalmode 04CCcanintelligentlyblendthepixels fromthesampledsourceareaand thepartoftheimagebeingremoved.Be cautiouswiththisandalwaysensurethat theblendisaccurate,particularlywhen workingclosetopointsoftransition. UsetheMarqueetool 05Sometimesitiseasiertoremovea distractionbyputtingsomethingon top.Thewindowsinthebuildingareagood example.UsetheMarqueetooltoselecta neighbouringwindow,right-clickandchoose LayerviaCopy.Movetheduplicatedwindow. HealingBrushoptions 02ChoosethenormalHealing Brush.ChangetheModeto ReplaceanduncheckAligned.Usethe BrushSettingsbuttontoreduceHardness to0%.AlsoensurethatSizereadsasOff. Masterthe HealingBrush IttakesafewstepsinCC toremovedistractions CloserlookattheHealingBrushtool CustomisetheHealingBrushtoworkhowyouwantitto AlignedWhenchecked,thesource pointyouselectedchangesasyoucarry outyourretouchingwork.Thiscancause problemssoisoftenbestleftunchecked ModeThetwooptionsatthetop, NormalandReplace,arethemost useful.Theformercreatesablendwhile thelatterplacessampledpixelsontop HealingBrushtypeYoucanchooseeithera SpotHealingBrush,whichworkswellforpimples orsensordust,ortheregularHealingBrush SourceChoosebetweenSampledandPattern. Therearerelativelyfewcommonsituationsin whichthelatterwillbeofmuchuse The Photoshop CC Book 61 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 62 The Photoshop CC Book RescueyouroldphotosBreathenewlifeintooldandtatteredimagesbygivingthemsomedigitalloveandcare, witheasytousePhotoshoptools,adjustments,filtersandmore BEFORE ReducenoiseApplyaNoise Reductionfiltertominimise thegrainintheimageand refinetheoveralleffect Reapplymakeup Usealowopacity paintbrushtoreapply thesubject’smakeup, concentratingonthe lipsandeyes Brightenitup Restorethecolourand vibranceoftheimagewith adjustmentlayersthat balancethecolourand increasethecontrast Sharpenthelines Reconstructedges aroundthefaceandneck usingtheCloneStamp tool,zoomingintothe imagetoseedetails BEFORE Remove scratches Fillinscratchedareaswiththe CloneStamptool,sampling surroundingpixelstofillinthe missinginformation ImproveskinUsethe SpotHealingBrushtoolto cleanupscratchesand marksonyoursubject’s facebyblendingthem intoskin GetridofdustTocomplement thisfiltereffect,addthe Despecklefiltertocombatany remainingparticlesanddebris WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Rescueyouroldphotos The Photoshop CC Book 63 T hanks to the modern digital age, your favourite old images are no longer destined to a life of slow and painful disintegration inside old albums and frames. Snapshots that are in bad shape can be given a new lease of life with a few simple restoration techniques. The first step is to scan in your images to get a digital version for you to work on. Most new home scanners will do this very well, but if you haven’t got one then head to a professional printing shop for some help and advice. There are many ways to tackle an ailing image once you’ve got it onto your computer. However, there are a few key tools that you should keep close by. The most useful ones, namely the Clone Stamp, Healing Brush and Patch tools, work so well because they’ve all been designed to reconstruct areas of an image using the information from surrounding pixels. Common touch-ups include removing cracks, speckles and blemishes, and also filling in the broken pieces of an image. It doesn’t stop there, though, and we take you through additional techniques that include restoring colour to photographs, fixing lighting with adjustment layers and applying filters that will bring out the best in your old images. While some techniques require a little more time and attention than others, once you see your worn image in a new light you’ll know that all this effort was well worth the wait. Repairwiththerighttools Patchupholesandscratcheswith easy-to-applyretouchtools Prepare yourimage 01 Openupyour damagedfilein Photoshopandassesswhich areasaremissingandwhat youneedtofillin.Ctrl/ right-clickthebackground layerandselectDuplicateto makeacopy.Namethelayer BackgroundCopy. Finaltouches 05 Oncemissing areashavebeen patchedup,applysome finaltouchesbycleaning upblemishesandspots withtheHealingBrushtool (J).AswiththeClone Stamptool,samplesimilar pixelsandthenpaintover theseareas. Repeatthe process 04 Usethesame methodtofillin anyothermissingareasof yourimage.Zoomingintoan areawillgiveyouabetter senseofwhatlooksright. Changeyourbrushsizeas yougotogivebetterresults fordifferentsizedareas. Applythe CloneStamp 03 Pickamissinga reaoftheimage andsampleasimilarcolour fromnearbypixelsby holdingdownOpt/Alt, andthenclicking.Paintin thedamageareaand,to getanevenfill,keep resamplingpixels. Selecttool 02 CloneStamp andPattern Stamparegrouped togetherinthelefthand Toolbar.PickuptheClone Stamptool(S)andselecta sizeof90px,orsmall enoughtofitinsideyour damagedarea,andset Hardnessto20%. Reconstructdetail Useexistinglinesand materialtohelpyourebuild missingdetailssuchas thejumpersleeve Blendthebackground Forabetterblend, choosealargesoft brushandsweepover largeareasofdamage onplainbackgrounds Fillinthegaps Selectasmallbrushto accuratelyfillinthe pixelsintheaffected areasthatliecloseto thedefinedlines Usethesource Remembertohold downOpt/Altand thenclicktosample nearbypixelsasoften aspossiblewhen paintingwiththe CloneStamptool WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 64 The Photoshop CC Book Dustandspeckleremoval Reviveagedimagestotheirgood-oldselves HealingBrush 04 SelecttheSpotHealingBrushtoolandchooseabrushsizeof 40px.Gooveryourimageandindividuallyfixupdustand scratchesthatsitonthemainareas,especiallyonpeople. Noisefilter 02 SelectFilter>Noise>Dust&Scratches.SettheRadiusto13and theThresholdto73,thenclickOK.You’llseealoadingbarand, dependingonthesizeofyourimageandthescaleoftheadjustment. Lessenthenoise 03 SelectFilter>Noise>ReduceNoise.Noisedenotesthetiny specklesthatareoftenfoundinimages.SettheStrengthto8, PreserveDetailsto10%,ReduceColorNoiseto70%andSharpenDetailsto 30%,thenhitOK. Cropdown 05 SelecttheCroptool(C)andusethegridoverlayoptionsto judgethecentreoftheimage.Usethehandlestospecifywhere tocropandhitReturnonceyou’rehappywithit.Usethistoremoverough edgestoo. Duplicate background 01 Openupyour imagein Photoshopandduplicate thebackgroundlayerby selectingLayer> DuplicateLayer.Name thelayerBackground Copy.Thisisgood practiceforanyimageyou arerestoring,asthe originalimageispreserved whileyouedit. Makebetterchoices Getthemostoutofa filter’sPreviewwhen applyingedits Filtersaren’tanexactscience,andknowing howfaryoucanpushyourimageisamatter oftrialanderror.WhenusingtheReduce NoiseandDust&Specklefilters,ifyou increasethesettingsmorethanyourimage canhandle,youmayfindthatyoulosea lotofdetailinthefacialfeatures.Usingthe Previewwindowisthebestwaytoensure you’reontherighttrack.Bydefault,the Previewwindowiszoomedrightintoyour image,soyoucanseehowthefilterwill affectindividualpixels.Usetheminusicons tozoomoutandseeafullpictureofhow yourimagewillturnoutbeforecommitting. BEFORE AFTER WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Rescueyouroldphotos The Photoshop CC Book 65 Banishblemish TheHealingBrushmakesmarksmagicallydisappear Scaninoldphotos Saveyourantiquesnapsfrom disintegrationbyscanningthemin Scannerchoice All-in-oneprintersareagoodoptionforscanning images,butmakesurethatyouhavethescanner softwareinstalled.Ensuretheimageyou’rescanningis relativelyflat,too.Ifyou’reimagehassuffereddamage, firstflattenitbetweentwobooksovernight. Viewandsave Whenyou’redonescanning,clickontheimagetoviewit. Yourimageshouldautomaticallysavetoyourscanner’s defaultfolder.Tosaveinanotherlocation,selectthe imageandchooseSaveAs.Specifyyourlocationand clickSavetostoreitreadytoopeninPhotoshop. Batchscanning Whenyou’reready,hitScanandwaitforthescannerto processtheimage.Itmaytakeacoupleofminutes, especiallywithlargephotographs.Oncefinished,youwill beaskedifyouneedtoscanmoreimages.Ifyouhavea batchofimagessimplycontinuescanningthemin. Scanresolution Placeyourphotographimagesidedownontothe scannerandclosethetop.Makesurethatthescanner softwareisreadytogo.Ifyouhaveaphotoscanning option,selectitandthenchooseahighDPIbetween 300and1200. Switchbrush 04 SelecttheHealingBrushtool (beneaththeSpotHealing Brush)andworkonlargerareaslikestains. Setthebrushsizeto70pxandHardness to20px.SampleanareaoffabricbyOpt/ Alt-clickingandthenfillintheareas. Clonepixels 05 Whenyoucometocleaningup thestains,switchtotheClone Stamptool.SetHardnessto100%tobe abletodrawinthesmalldetailsbehind themarks.Zoomrightintotheareaand workcarefullythrougheachsection. SpotHealing 02 SelecttheSpotHealingBrush toolfromtheToolbarand checktheblendmodeissettoNormal. Selectabrushsizeof70pxandset Hardnessto80%.Startwithblemisheson facesandpaintovermarksuntilgone. Smalleredits 03 Resizethebrushto50pxand continuetoclickonsmall blemishesandmarksacrosstheface,as wellasontheplainareasofclothing.Keep thebrushsizeassmallaspossible;match theblemishforthebestresults. Prepareyour image 01 Openyour imageand duplicatethe backgroundlayer. Beforeyoustartworking onmakinganyedits, haveacloserlookatthe imageandidentify wheretheproblem areasare.Thistoolis bestforlargeareas. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 66 The Photoshop CC Book Restoretoneandcolour Givelacklustrehuesandfadedshadesanewmeaning Hand-colouring Gomonochrome Bringalittlecolourtoanoldblackandwhiteimagebycolouringit byhand.Oneoftheeasiestmethodsistosimplyuseapaintbrush. ChangetheModeofyourimagetoacolouronebyselecting Image>Mode>CMYKColor.SelectapaintbrushandsetitsModeto Color.Setthetool’sOpacityto80%andusetheColorPickermenu toselectahue.Zoomintoyourimageandstartpainting. Aseeminglyeasywaytoturnanimageblackandwhiteistochange theModetoGrayscalefromtheImagemenu.Whilethisgetsthe jobdone,youhavenocontroloverhowtheimagelooksandsothis shouldbeavoided.Abetterwaytodoitistoaddanewadjustment layertoyourimageandselectChannelMixer.TickMonochromeand thenusetheRGBchannelstoplayaroundwiththefinaleffect. Colouring Grayscale Colourwithadjustmentlayers Removecolourcasts Adjustmentlayersareperfectifyouhaveanimagethatrequiresa mixedtreatmenttogetitbacktoitsbest.StartwithaColorBalance adjustmentlayertoremoveanycolourcasts,suchasorangeinthis image.Next,addaBrightness/Contrastadjustmentlayertobring updullcolours.Finally,addaHue/Saturationadjustmentlayerto deepenthecolours.Switchbetweenadjustmentsuntilyou’rehappy. Colourcastsarecommoninfilmimagesandcanusuallybe identifiedbyablueororangetinge.Thecastcanbesortedbyadding anewadjustmentlayertotheimage.GotoLayer>NewAdjustment LayerandthenchooseColorBalance.Findwhichcolouriscausing theproblemandthenusethesliders,andabitofcolourtheory,to neutraliseit.Forabluecast,forexample,addmoreyellow. Differentadjustments Colourcasts BEFORE BEFORE AFTER AFTER BEFORE BEFORE AFTER AFTER WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Rescueyouroldphotos The Photoshop CC Book 67 Fixexposure Balanceoverandunderexposedareasof avintageimageusingmasks BEFORE AFTER Repeatandadjust 03 SwitchbackintoQuickMaskMode. Maskoutanyunderexposureinyour image;useasoftbrush.SelectLayer>New AdjustmentLayerandchooseLevels.Balance outthelevelsoftheunderexposedarea. QuickMaskmode 01 OpenupyourimageinPhotoshopand duplicatetheBackgroundlayer.Enter QuickMaskModebyselectingthesmalliconin Toolbar(orpressQ).Whileinthismode,selecta largesoftbrushtopreparetomaskyourimage. Cleanupandbalance 04 UsetheCloneStamptooltocleanup anydebrisandmarksintheimage, especiallyinthecorners.AddafinalLevels adjustmentlayertobalanceouttheimage. FinallyaddtheSmartSharpenfilter. Maskandadjust 02 UsetheBrushtool(B)topaint overtheareasthatneed brightening.ExitQuickMaskModetoview thisasaselection.SelectLayer>New AdjustmentLayer>Brightness/Contrast, thenincreaseBrightness. Topthreefilters Smartsharpen Inolderimageswheredetailshavebeenlost,the Sharpenfilterisagoodwaytorefineedgesand restoresomeofthelostdefinition.Select Filter>Sharpen>SmartSharpen,thenadjustthe settingstobringbacktheedges. Lightingeffects ApplyingtheLightingEffectfilterisaneasyway toaddsomedrama.Toaddaspotlight,select Filter>Render>LightingEffects,selectSpotlight fromthedrop-downmenu.Movethecircular boundarytogetyoursubjectsunderthelight. Reducenoise Toremovenoisefromyourphotosgotothe Filtermenu,selectNoise>ReduceNoiseanduse thepreviewtohelpyoupicktherightsettings.If yourimagehasJPEGdamagefromresizing,use theRemoveJPEGArtifactoptiontoreduceit. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 68 The Photoshop CC Book BlurRegionsTheAdvancedsectionlets youapplyshakereductiontodifferentparts ofyourimage.Thisishelpfulifthere’smore thanonesubject Close-upviewLookingatyour imageasawholeisimportant,but theDetailboxgivesabetterview andafasterpreviewofanychanges madetothesettings MarqueesTheRectangular Marqueeworksbestwhenit’s focusedoverasmallareaofthe imagethat’sblurry.Thisthen adjuststheentireimagebased uponthedistortioninsidethis selectedarea,orRegion UsetheShakeReductionfilter Thereareonlythreesliderstothis filter,keepingitfairlystraightforward –balancingtheseadjustments requiresabitofpatience WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • UseCC’snewSharpenfilter The Photoshop CC Book 69 UseCC’snew Sharpenfilter W ith the release of CC, a lot of new features were introduced beyond that of the new updating system. Though many of the main Photoshop features remain the same in CC, one great new tool is the Shake Reduction filter, one of the most groundbreaking features ever seen. This filter looks to reverse the blurring in an image back on itself, effectively sharpening the image up. Before, sharpening a blurry image could only be taken so far until quality became an issue; now, the Shake Reduction is another feature that we add to our toolbox. The filter uses Regions to estimate the amount of blurring there is in an image. It can then smooth out details and reduce the appearance of distorted artifacts to make an image that’s more pleasing to the eye. Granted, results are far from perfection, but with the help from Photoshop’s other tools and filters, we can take a blurry image and turn it around in minutes. In this tutorial we take you through the process of using this new tool, its options and how you can use the older Photoshop tools to finish up your image. Perform the once impossible task of undoing blurry images, with Photoshop CC’s new Shake Reduction filter Convertlayer 01Openup‘Blurrycar.jpg’fromthistutorial’sresourcefiles.Startbyconverting theimagetoaSmartObjectreadyforthisnewfilter(Filter>Convertfor SmartFilters).Thiswillletusgobacktosettingsiftheyneedtweaking.Asmall symbolshouldappearontheBackgroundlayertoindicatethisconversion. Locatefilter 02ThenewfilterisfoundwiththeotherSharpen onesinsidetheFiltermenu.It’scalledShake Reductionanddoesjustthat.Clickonittogostraight tothemenu,settingsandalargepreview.It’sbeen appliedasaSmartFilterbehindthescenes. BEFORE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 70 The Photoshop CC Book Definearea 04TheShakeReductionfilterneedsa goodlookatthedirectionofthe blurrypartsofyourimage.Changethesize ofthemarqueethatisthereonopeningthe filter.Thisneedstofitoverasmallpartofthe blurredareatoprovidePhotoshopwithjust enoughinformationtoworkeffectively. Traceamount 06Whenyou’vefoundagoodspotfor themarquee,headtotheBlurTrace Boundsslidertotheright.Inimagesthat sufferfromsoftblurring,thisworkswellat around30px.Don’tworryatthisstageabout detaildistortion. Lookout,blur! 05Whentheboxisresizedthefilterwill automaticallydetecttheblurriness anditsdirection,andthencompensatefor thisaccordingly.Tryrepositioningthe marqueeboxoveranotherpartofyour imageforadifferentresult. Controldistortion 07Theimagemaystilllookalittlerough aroundtheedges,butthisiswhere theArtifactSuppressionadjustmentcomes intoplay.Boostthissliderupto60%inorder toseetheharshdetailsreducedandany distortioncontrolled.Theresultingimage shouldlookslightlysharper. Smootherdetails 08TheSmoothingadjustment reducestheroughedges,butgoing toohighwiththiswillreducethedetailsin eachpixel.Thisputsyourimageatriskand canmakeanytexthardertoread.Keepthis sliderataround20%forasubtleeffect. Magnifyimage 03InsidetheShakeReductionfilter, startbyzoominginuntilyourimage isat100%magnification(pressCmd/Ctrl andthe‘+’keymultipletimes).Alsomake surethatthePreviewboxistickedatthetop ofthemenu,soyoucanconstantlyassess howwellthefilterisworking. WhathappenswhenShake Reductionispushedtoitslimits Whilewe’reallbigfansofPhotoshop CC’snewtoolfortackling unwantedblurinourimageshere atPhotoshopCreative,thingscan starttoturnveryuglyindeedifthe ShakeReductionfilterispumped rightup.Thisisbecauseit’sover compensatingforblurriness,with pixelsshiftingtoofaronewayor another.Theresultingimagewill appearmoreblurredthantheone youstartedoutwith,soit’sbestto startwithsmalldoses. Whatcangowrong WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • UseCC’snewSharpenfilter The Photoshop CC Book 71 Experttip IfShakeReductionrunsslowlywith high-resimages,youcanspeedthings upbyreducingthesizeoftheimage slightly.Asmallerimagehelpsthe filtermovequickerwhenundergoing heavyde-blurring,andyouwon’t havetowaitaroundforresults.Go toImage>ImageSizeandtickthe Resamplebox.Lowerthedimensions tosuityourpurposes. Reduce imagesize Fastpreview 09MakethemosttheDetailpreview windowdowntheright-handsideof thefiltertoassesshowtheeffectisgoing. Insidethiswindow,positiontheimagetosee aconstantupdatethatactuallyrenders fasterthanthemainpreview. RegionsuponRegions 11ToaddanotherRegiontoyourimage, clickanddragoverablurrypartofyour imagetoaddanewmarquee.TheRegion willadjusteverythingelsesurroundingit,so maynotworkoutforthebest. Rasterizelayer 14Todothis,Ctrl/right-clickoverthelayer andselectRasterizeLayer.This removesthefilterfromthislayer,butallthe settingsarekeptonthelayerbelow,sothe imageshouldn’tchangeinitsappearance. Bestguess 10TheShakeReductionfilteruseswhat arecalledBlurEstimationRegions. MorethanoneoftheseRegionscanbe addedtoyourimage,andeachoneofthem isdisplayedasablackandwhitebox(see theAdvancedfield,whichyoucanfindjust underneaththefilter’sadjustments). What’shappened? 12Whenyou’rehappywiththeresults,hit OK.IntheLayerspalette,seehowthe imagehaschangedbyhidingtheSmart Filter.Theimageshouldappeartobe sharperandmoredefined.Wecanactually sharpentheimageevenfurther… Pickupyourtool 15HeadtotheToolbarandselectthe Sharpentool.Wecanusethisto selectivelybringoutdetailsaftertheShake Reductionfilter.IntheOptions,setStrength to30%andticktheProtectDetailbox.Set itssizeto50pxwith0%Hardness. Createaduplicate 13PressCmd/Ctrl+Jtomakeaninstant duplicateofthelayer.TheShake Reductionfilterwillbeduplicatedwiththe newlayer,butinordertouseanytoolswewill needtorasterizethislayer. Sharpenup 16Paintoverthepartsoftheimagethat coulddowithextraamountsof sharpening,suchastextandanygraphics. ClickingmultipletimeswiththeSharpentool willstrengthentheeffect. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 72 The Photoshop CC Book Explorenewfilters P hotoshop Creative Cloud features Adobe Camera RAW software inside the Filter menu, meaning we can now apply precise edits to any layer, and no longer to just RAW files. The Camera RAW filter is exciting to photography fans as it contains everything a photographer would ever need. It can improve lighting, undergo retouching, apply gradient effects, create black and white conversions, and even finish off an image with a vignette or some grain, for example. We can take advantage of the array of tools CC provides – including the Adjustment Brush, which we demonstrate in this tutorial – in order to help bring this image to life. So being able to incorporate Camera RAW editing into a composition is by all means helpful. Of course, Photoshop has all these edits and more, but Camera RAW has its own tricks. Graduated filters enable the instant application of photo effects and edits that would otherwise require an extra layer or two to reproduce in Photoshop. Grab our image from your resources to start off, or select one of your own, and prepare yourself for the amazing power of the Camera RAW filter! CCbringsyounewwaystoapplyCameraRAW editingstraightfromPhotoshop’sFiltermenu Startimage Editingessentials Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Explorenewfilters The Photoshop CC Book 73 SmartObjects 01Openup‘Landscape.jpg’fromyoursuppliedresources.We mustmaketheimageaSmartObjectfirst,sowecanedit theCameraRAWfilteratanypoint.HeadtoFilter>Convertfor SmartFilters. SmartFilters 02GototheFiltermenuanddowntoCameraRAWFilter.This openstheCameraRAWeditingsoftwareasaSmartFilter, sowhateverchangesaremadearere-editablebydouble-clicking onthelayer. Workupclose 03TheCameraRAWfilterwindowcanbeenlargedormade smallertosuityourscreenbydraggingthebottom-right corner.ThefilteropensbydefaultwiththeZoomtoolselected.Click fiveorsixtimesonthesmallblueobjectfloatingonthewaterto zoomintoit. Retrieveshadowdetail 06Torescuelostdetailsindarkerpartsoftheimage,suchas thetrees,pushtheShadowssliderupto60andtheBlacks to25;onlytheseareasareaffectedbythechanges.Thiscreatesa morebalancedimageintermsofexposure. Toolediting 04LocatetheSpotRemovaltool(B)fromthetopofthe CameraRAWfilter.SettheSizeofthetoolto16and Opacityto100.SetitsTypeasHeal.Clickovertheblueobjectto removeitcompletely. Clearup 05WhenusingtheSpotRemovaltool,theredcircleshowsthe areaclonedandthegreenshowstheareaused.Youcan movethegreencircleforabetterresult,ifrequired.Ifyoumakea mistake,pressCmd/Ctrl+Ztoundo.ClicktheShowOverlayboxto turnoffthesecircles. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 74 The Photoshop CC Book RevealPinsClickonthe ShowPinsboxunderthe listofadjustmentstoeither hideorshowthepositions ofeachone.Clickonapinto tweaktheslidersettings Noisereduction 10TheAdjustmentBrushletsusapplyeditsselectivelyto partsoftheimage.Noticethatthebluepartsofthe imagesufferfromnoise.IncreasetheNoiseReductionsliderto 60andthenbrushoverthebluepartsoftheskyandwater. Nextadjustment 11TheAdjustmentBrushletsuscontrolmanyattributesofthe image,fromExposuretoSharpness.Lookcloselyatthetrees ontherightside.ClicktheNewbuttonatthetoptostarteditinga differentpartoftheimage,setClarityto60andSharpnessto15, thenbrushoverthetrees. Controlhighlights 08Toinstantlymaketheimagemore dramatic,reducetheHighlights sliderto-100.AlsoincreaseExposureto20 andContrastto10inordertohelpmake theoverallimagemoredramaticandalso tointensifytheatmosphere. Cleverbrushwork 09TheCameraRAWfiltercontainsa usefultoolcalledtheAdjustment Brush(K).Locatethistoolalongthetopbar andnoticethatarangeofadjustments appearsontherightsideofthefilter,which arededicatedforusewiththistool. Warmup 07Wecanincreasethewarmthof thisimagetomakethesunset coloursmoreobvious.Todothis,boostthe Temperaturesliderto25.Thiswilladdsome orangetotheimagetotintitslightly. AdjustmentPinsUsingthe AdjustmentBrush,subjects canbeeditedawayfrom otherpartsoftheimage– thegreypinsonthecanvas showyouwhichareashave beenaltered BrushsizeThe AdjustmentBrush worksjustlikea normalbrush,but applieswhichever editsyoutellitto usingthelonglist insidethefilter New,AddorErase? Selectoneofthese threeoptions beforeusingthe AdjustmentBrush. Addwillcontinually applythesame adjustments,while Newstartsafresh WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Explorenewfilters The Photoshop CC Book 75 Experttip WhenusingtheAdjustmentBrush,you canhelpreducethespillingoftheeffects fromoneareaintoanotherbyloweringthe SizeandFeathersliders.Thiswillmakesure targetedadjustmentsareaccurate,and yourimagewilllookmuchbetterforit. Adjustment overflow Graduatededits 12TheCameraRAWfiltercontains toolsthatphotographerswilluseona regularbasis.TheGraduatedFiltertool(G) letsyouapplysubtleorstrongchangesto colour,exposure,sharpnessornoise.Select thetoolfromthetopbar. Vignettetofinish 14ThefxbuttonintheCameraRAWfilterhasoptionsfor applyingGrainandaVignette.AddanewVignettewith Amountsetto-32,Midpointto66,Roundnessto14and Featherto53.Thismakestheimagelookmoreominous. Improveskycontrast 13Ontherightsideisalistof adjustmentsforthistool.Boost Exposureto0.5andSaturationto30.Draga linefromthetopoftheimagedownwards sothatthegradientonlyaffectsthesky. Increasethedistancebetweentheredand greenpinstosoftenthegradient. Beforeandafter 15HitOKintheCameraRAWfiltertoapplyallofthesechanges totheSmartFilter.Flickbetweenthebeforeandafterviews byclickingontheeyesymbolinsidetheLayerspalette. The Clarity slider in Camera RAW Filter determines how soft or sharp the image looks. Reducing the Clarity slider for this image can actually create the effect of mist running gently over the water. Going to the other extreme with the Clarity slider, however, will take the image into the realms of HDR. The Clarity slider can also be used with the Adjustment Brush, meaning that this pretend mist can be applied selectively. Creatingfakemist PlaywiththeClarityslidertoproduce mistywateroraHDRlook WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 76 The Photoshop CC Book Discover adjustment layersWhenitcomestokeepingimagessafe, adjustmentlayersareking A djustment layers are one of Photoshop CC’s most powerful tools. They are different edits that you can make to your image, but rather than applying them directly to the photo, they are applied on a separate layer. What’s more, you can click on them again at any point to edit them. Here, we will be showing you how by using just three adjustment layers in combination, you can turn a drab landscape into a vivid scene. It doesn’t take long, but the effect is great. We will also be delving into making a simple selection, so we can work on the foreground and background separately. When you make a selection and then apply an adjustment layer, the edit is applied only to the selected area. A mask is automatically added to the adjustment layer with your selection on it, which is useful if you need to go back and select the same area more than once. Theadjustmentlayers Wheretofindallyouradjustmentlayers START IMAGE ThemenuTheadjustment layerscanbefound underLayer>New AdjustmentLayer,orfrom theLayerspalettebyclicking theicon ColourtweaksThe secondsetofadjustments affectcolours.Using these,youcanadda completelynewrangeof tonestoyourphoto TonaleditsThefirst twoadjustmentlayersin thelistalterthetonesor exposureofyourimage bydarkeningorlightening thepixels GetcreativeThelast threeadjustmentsoffer creativeeffects.Theseare usedinphotomanipulation projects,ratherthan photoediting Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Discoveradjustmentlayers The Photoshop CC Book 77 Here’s a quick look at what each does set at high levels Adjustmentsat aglance Makeeditingre-editable Sixstepstostunninglandscapesandvividcolours Brightenthescene 06Forthefinaladjustmentlayer,goto Layer>NewAdjustment Layer>Brightness/Contrast.Pullthe Brightnesssliderupandthewhole foregroundwilllightenandcomplementthe sky.PulltheContrastdownatouchtofinish. MagicWand 01ChoosetheMagicWandtoolfrom themaintoolbarontheleft–itmight behidingbehindtheQuickSelectionor SelectionBrushtool.Simplyclickanywhere intheskytoselectit. Addtothesky 02Zoomintothemiddleoftheimage. NowholddowntheShiftkeyand thiswillenableareastobeaddedtothesky selection.Clickbetweenthestoneswhere theskyshowsthrough. Addthefirstadjustment 03GotoLayer>NewAdjustment Layer>Levels.We’regoingtomake theskyvividbydraggingtheleft-handand middletrianglestotheright.Holddown Cmd/Ctrlandclickonthethumbnailforthe masknexttotheLevelslayertoreselect thesky. PhotoFilter 04We’renowgoingtoaddanice sunrise-redtingetotheskyusing Layer>NewAdjustmentLayer>PhotoFilter. FromtheFilterdrop-downmenupickthe RedfilterandthenraisetheDensityuntil youliketheeffect. Selecttheforeground 05Weneedtoselecteverythingbar thesky.Selecttheskyagainasin step3.Next,gotoSelect>Inverse,which flipstheselection.Thiswillmeanthatthe foregroundisselected. ORIGINAL IMAGE Threshold Usetodetermine thelightestand darkestareas Posterize Goodforcreative effects,specifythe rangeoftonallevels Gradientmap Usetocreatevivid monochromeor sepiaeffects Brightness &contrast Boostlightand darknessforimpact Photofilter Mimicstheeffectof colouredfiltersin frontoflenses Levels Bringoutincredible attentiontodetail byexperimenting Invert Thistechnique invertsallthecolours inanimage Hue/saturation Boostthevibrancyof certaincolours,tones andhues WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 78 The Photoshop CC Book Newlayer 01Opentheimage‘Changehaircolour. jpg’.Startbyaddinganewblanklayer byclickingontheCreateANewLayer buttonintheLayerspalette.Youcanalso dothisbypressingtheshortcutkeysCmd/ Ctrl+Shift+NandthenhittingOKinthe pop-updialogbox. BEFORE Changehairand eyecolour Learnthesesimpletechniquesforseeing howanewhaircolourwouldlook C hances are we’ve all pondered what it would be like to have a different hair colour. Yet the act of going out to the shops, buying the right dyes, and then taking the bold step of actually doing it… it’s all just a little bit overwhelming – and that’s just the start of it! We recommend using Photoshop instead, since it’s a lot less messy and there’s an Undo button to rescue you as well. Photoshop is the master of retouching, and this extends as far as changing the colour of someone’s hair. Using the Brush tool, paint can be applied with your chosen hue to just the hair. We can further enhance this new tone by using the Color Balance adjustment, to tweak it so it’s exactly how we want it. Best of all, nothing is permanent, so we don’t have to worry if it goes wrong. BEFORE Editingessentials Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Changehairandeyecolour The Photoshop CC Book 79 GetaninstantmakeoverTestoutanewlookon-screen! Selecttheeyes 01Openyourstartimageand,asalways, duplicatethebackgroundto preservetheoriginalimage.Selectthe duplicatelayer,selecttheeyewiththe selectiontoolofyourpreferenceandusea featherradiusof10. ColorBalance 02AddaColorBalanceadjustment layer,selectPreserveLuminosity andadjust.Thisimageusedthefollowing values:Midtones,Red:0;Green:23;Blue: -70.Highlights,Red:-20;Green:0;Blue:+70. Shadows,Red:10;Green:0andBlueto10. BrightnessandContrast 03Withtheeyesselected,adda Brightness/Contrastadjustment layer.AdjustBrightnessandContrastto20. NowusetheBurntool(Mode:Midtones)to addimpactbylightlyandcarefullypainting roundtheeyedetails. ApplydigitaldyeGiveyourself–orsomeoneelse–abrandnewlook! Applynewcolour 05Carefullypaintoverthemodel’shair toseeachange.Don’tworryabout beingprecisewiththetool;ifyouhappento paintoveranythingyoushouldn’t,simply usetheErasertool(E)at50%Hardnessto carefullygoaroundtheedgesandtidy thingsup. Clipadjustment 06Thenewcolourmayappearalittle goldenatthisstage,soaddthe ColorBalanceadjustmentbygoingto Layer>NewAdjustmentLayer>Color Balance.Inthedialog,ticktheoptionthat says‘UsePreviousLayertoCreateClipping Mask’.NowhitOKtoaddtheAdjustmentto theLayerStack. Digitaldye 07InsidetheAdjustment’ssettings, makesurethattheMidtonesrange isselected,shownabovethesliders. ChangeCyan/Redto-100,Magenta/Green to-100andYellow/Blueto90.Afterthat, youshouldseethehairlookamuchmore naturalshadeofbrown,butofcoursethese settingswilldependontheshadethat you’regoingfor!Yourbestbetistotweak thefinalvaluesbyeye. Pre-emptiveblending 02Changethislayer’sblendmode fromNormaltoSoftLightinthe Layerspalette.Theimagewon’tlookany differentrightnowbecausethereareno pixelsonthelayertoblendin.Assoonas pixelsareadded,theywillblendwiththe Backgroundlayer. Selectcolour 03ClickontheForegroundcolour swatch(foundatthebaseofthe Toolbar).InsidetheColorPickermenu,enter thenumbers412303intothe‘#’field.This hexadecimalcodesetstheactivecolourto adarkbrown,forthenewhaircolour. Toolofchoice 04HeadtoyourBrushtool(pressBto quicklyselectit),andCtrl/right-click anywhereontheimagetoopenyourBrush options.ReducetheHardnessvalueto20% andalsosetSizeto150px,makingitjustright forcoveringthehair. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 80 The Photoshop CC Book O ld images are often spoilt by grain, dust and scratches. While there are many retouching tools for cleaning up and restoring family memories, when it comes to removing noise and unwanted artefacts then a Photoshop filter is the place to turn to. Most filters, such as Blur and Distort, are designed to add creative effects to an image, but among these are two that are extremely useful for restoring a damaged photograph. The Noise and Sharpening filters can be used together to remove grain and then to restore detail. The noise reduction filters work by blending individual pixels with surrounding colours, but as a result your images can come out blurry. To bring back any lost details, call in the Sharpen filters. Just as Noise filters create blur, too much sharpening can result in noise. To balance out these two side effects, use a combination of the techniques that you will learn by following the steps opposite. Rejuvenateoldphotosbyremovinggrainandsharpeningthemup BEFORE AFTER Editingessentials RestorewithfiltersSourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Restorewithfilters The Photoshop CC Book 81 Targetedreduction 02TheNoisefiltersareallgroupedtogetherunder Filters>Noise.Therearefourreductionfiltersandonefilter foraddingnoise.SelectReduceNoise.Thisfilteroffersadvanced optionsfortargetingspecificareasofnoiseinanimage. Makeacopy 01OpentheimageinPhotoshopandbeginbyduplicatingthe Backgroundlayer.Ctrl/right-clickonthelayerandselect Duplicate,renamingitBackgroundCopy.Filtersareapplieddirectly tolayers,soit’simportanttokeepyouroriginalimageintact. Channelhopping 03IntheReduceNoisemenu,select AdvancedtoviewNoiseineachof thethreecolourchannels;namelyRed, GreenandBlue.SelectGreenandincrease Strengthto9andPreserveDetailto20%. HitOKtoapplyandthenrenamethisnew layerNoiseFilter_ColourChannel. Applyreduction 04Duplicatethelayerandnameit ReduceNoiseFilter.Selectthe samefilter,butthistimeapplytheeffectto theentireimage.SettheStrengthto9and PreserveDetailto20%,thenhitOK.Again, duplicatethenewlayerinpreparationfor thenextstep. ApplyMedian 07HitOKandrenamethelayerMedianFilterto separatetheeffectsthathavebeenapplied. Theimageisnowfreefromnoisebut,asaresult,it’sfairly blurry.Next,we’llshowyouhowtosharpenitup. Medianfilter 05TheMedianfilterreadspixelswith aspecificradiusandthenblends theluminanceofthosepixelsbycalculating anaverage.Asideeffectofthefilteristhat theimagelooksblurry,andsothisstepis savedforlasttosmoothoutanyadditional noiseleftbehindbythepreviousfilters. SetRadius 06TheMedianfilterhasonlyone setting:Radius.Usingtheimage previewbox,calculatehowfaryoucanpush theMedianwithoutexcessively compromisingthesharpnessoftheimage. Inthisimage,theRadiusissetto2pixels. UsetheNoisefiltertoreducedigitaldistortion Silencethenoise! Experttip Whenrestoringand retouchingoldimages it’simportantthatyou startwithfilesthatareas largeaspossibletoincrease thenumberofpixelsthat youhaveatyourdisposal toeditwith.Sincemostold imagesarescannedinto createadigitalcopy,be suretoscanatthehighest possibleresolutionandkeep thedimensionsofthefileas largeasyoucanwithoutlosing anyquality. KeepFiles Large WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Editingessentials 82 The Photoshop CC Book UsePhotoshop’sSharpenfilterstorecoverdetail Staysharp TheAmountvaluecontrolsthepercentage thattheimageissharpenedby.Ifpushedtoo highthenover-sharpeningcanbeseen.This lookslikethickblacklinesaroundtheedges ofthesubjectwithincreasedgrain. PushingtheRadiusvaluetoohighwillcreate unwantedhalosintheimage.TheRadius controlsthedegreetowhichthesharpening canbeseen.Trytokeepthisvalueashighas possiblewithoutintroducingdistortion. SettheThresholdtoohighandyouwill counteractanysharpeningeffects. Thresholddetermineshowmanynearby pixelsshouldbeconsideredanedge.Keep thisaslowaspossibleandwatchoutforany resultingnoise. SwitchtoLabColor 08SelectImage>Mode>LabColor.A dialogboxwillappearandaskifyou wanttoflattentheimage,soselectFlatten. IntheChannelspalette(Windows> Channels),selectonlytheLightnesschannel butmakesurealltheothersarevisibletoo. UnsharpMask 09FromtheFiltermenuchoose Sharpen>UnsharpMask.The amountbywhichyoucanpushthesettings dependsonyourimage.Here,theAmount issetto150%,theRadiusto6pixelsandthe Thresholdto2. BoostSaturation 12AddasecondadjustmentlayerbyselectingLayer>New AdjustmentLayer,choosingHue/Saturationthistime. IncreaseSaturationbyavalueof15tobringoutthecoloursanddraw attentiontotherecovereddetailintheimage. BacktoRGB 10GobacktotheImagemenuand selectMode.NowchangetheMode backfromLabColortothestandardRGB.If youlookintheChannelspalettethenyou’ll seethattheRed,GreenandBlueareall restoredasthethreeisolatedvalues. Bendthe Curves 11Finishoffthe effectby addingacoupleof adjustmentlayers tobrightenupand balancetheimage. GotoLayer>New AdjustmentLayer andselectCurves. Lightentheimage bybringingupthe Midtonesand creatingaslightly roundedcurve. UnderstandtheSharpeningvalues SeehowUnsharpMaskaffectstheimage WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Restorewithfilters The Photoshop CC Book 83 AwalkthroughtheNoiseandSharpeningfilters Retouchingfilters SharpenEdges Targetingtheedgeswithintheimagereducestheamountofnoisethatis createdwhenallofthepixelsaresharpened.TheSharpenEdgesfilterdoesnot haveeditablesettings,asoneclickwillassessthesubjectsandsharpenupthe edgepixels. Despeckle Thissimplefilterassessesyourimageandthen smearspixelsaroundtoovercomeanyspecklingor unwanteddebris.PairthisfilterwiththeHealing Brushtooltocleanupanyspotsthatitmissedout intherenderingprocess. SmartSharpen Imagessufferingfromblurwillbenefitfromthe SmartSharpenfilter.Thisworkstoremove problematicareaswhilegivingyouoptionstofade theamountofsharpening.Bothshadowand highlightareasareaffectedtoreducenoiseand curbover-sharpening. SharpenMore TheSharpenandSharpenMorefiltersareone-clickoptionsthatdon’thave specificsettingstoadjust.Bothsharpenthewholeimageandaregood optionsinimagesthatdon’thavemajorproblems,butwhichcoulddowitha bitofextradefinition. DustandScratches Manyoldimagessufferfromsomesortofdust orscratchmarks.SettheRadiusandAmount slidersinthispowerfulfiltertobalanceoutthe colourdifferencesbetweenpixels.Always sharpenupedgesafterwardsinordertorestore anylostdetails. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart PAGE118 PAGE114 PAGE96 Createnewpiecesofartworkfromyourdigitalcanvas PAGE128 PAGE102 PAGE110 Perfect portrait illustration Use Photoshop and Illustrator together for your art 86 Master mixed media Create stunning portraits 92 Illustrate with the Pen tool Create great vector art 106 Use different media in your edit Combine images and textures 114 Paint a city scene Use free images to create a scene 118 Design a graphic print poster Get artistic with fonts 124 Use layers for glowing art Use filters and tools for great art 128 Create 3D abstract graphics Build atmosphere with adjustments 132 Painting with fire Create an amazing firey horse 136 Design your own characters Create character concepts 96 84 The Photoshop CC Book Merge photos and illustrations Mix different types of art 102 110 Paint a steampunk- inspired portrait Draw your own portrait WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • PAGE136 85The Photoshop CC Book 85 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 86 The Photoshop CC Book AFTER Digitalart 86 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectportraitillustration The Photoshop CC Book 87 W orkingcross-platformcanoften createsomeofthemostinteresting anduniqueresults.Combining programsmeansyoucangetthebestfromeach ofthem,mixingandmatchingtoolsand techniquestocreatesomereallyunusual mixed-mediastyles.Thistutorialwillshowyou howtocreateabrightandcolourfulportrait image,workingfromaphotographtofirstcreatea sketchinIllustrator,andthenmovingonto Photoshoptoaddsplashesofcolour. Beforeyoustart,havefunsketchinglotsof differentportraitsonpaper.It’simportantto understandshadingandcolour,andwhichdetails havethebiggestimpactonyourportrait.Asyou progress,youwillseethattheeyesareoftenthe trickiestparttogetright,yettheyarealsothe mostimportantaspectofaportrait.Studyplenty ofphotostocktoensurethatyoumastertheir shapeandshading,foramoreengagingand convincingdesign.Don’tbeputoutifthistakes yousometimeasyou’lllearnfromeachmistake. Perfectportrait illustration Createthiscolourfulanddynamicportraitbyteamingup PhotoshopwithIllustrator Createanewdocument 01StartupIllustratorandcreateanewA3documentwithColor ModesettoCMYK.Ifyoupreferusingdifferentsettingsor sizes,feelfreetodoso.Hereyouwillneedaportraitorientation. Makesureyoudon’tchangetherastereffectsandkeepitatt. Findyourphotograph 02Useaphotoasabaseforyourillustration.Tospotagood picturefromtherest,youneedtocheckafewimportant details.First,youmustmakesurethatthesizeisokay;thebigger,the better.It’salsoimportantthatthereisenoughcontrast,asthishelps alotwhenyouaresketchingtheimage. BEFORE IllustrateTheportrait Sketchtheportraitshadebyshade WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 88 The Photoshop CC Book Layerorganisation 03Ifthereissomethingthatwillalways helpyouinthefutureworkingasa designer,it’saniceandcleanlayer organisationhabit.Startyourdocumentby namingyourlayers.Inthistutorialyouwill onlyneedafew,dependingonhowmany coloursyouwishtouse. Experttip Thereisnotutorialthatcanteachyou howtodraw.It’sessentialforyouto sketchonadailybasistogetbetteratit. Challengeyourselfandtrysomething neweveryday.Youwilltrainyoureyeto recogniseshapesveryquicklyandlearn howtobuildyourillustrations. Drawsomething everyday Startwithblack 04Tocreatethisportrait,alwaysstart withthedarkestcolourtodrawthe mostimportantelementsofyourportrait (thesearetheeyes,nose,hairetc).It’s importanttouseyourfreshenergyinthe beginningtomakesurethatthesefeatures arejustperfect!UseyourWacomormouse withthePenciltoolifyouhavesome experienceofdrawinginIllustrator,oruse thePentoolandcreateyourpathspoint-by- pointifyouareabeginner. Drawwithwaves 05Afteryouhavefinishedthemost importantdetailsinblack,continue drawingwithadarkgrey.Select‘Onlyweb colors’inyourFill(x)menutoworkwiththe sixshadesofgrey.Nowyoucandrawinthe darkerareasandbuildyourportrait.To createpaths,Iliketodrawwitha‘wave’ technique,whereItrytodrawinwavesand curves.ThiswayIcancreatesome experimentalcolourpaths–perfectforlips andshadowfromthehairandchin. Continuetheprocess 06Whenyouareshadingyourportrait,youwillseehowimportantitistostartwiththe darkestcoloursfirstandthenthelightercoloursinthelayersbelow.Makesureyou lookatthewholeimage,tokeepyourfocusandnotgetlostinonesingledetail.Afterafew hoursofdrawingportraits,youwillpickupyourownwaystorecogniseandhandledifferent shapesonaface;forexample,howyouliketodrawamouthoraneyebrow. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectportraitillustration The Photoshop CC Book 89 Makeitdirty 07Youshouldnowbealmostfinishedwithyourblackand whiteillustration.Thenextstepistoaddadirtypainteffect toyourportrait.Createanewlayerontopandcallit‘Dirt’.Then imagineyouhaveadirty,roughbrushinyourhandsandwipeblack andwhitepaintovertheportrait,inparticularcomingfromthe highlights.TakethePenciltoolanddrawyourdirtypaintstrokesand placethemaroundsotheystillfitandaddvaluetoyourportrait. Addsomelinework 08BeforeyouarecompletelyfinishedinIllustrator,createa newlayergroupcalled‘Linework’andtakethePaintbrush tool(B)withStrokeon.SettheStrokeupwithaSizeof0.25pt (dependingonyourimagesize),aBrushDefinitionof3ptOvalanda UniformvariablebrushwidthprofilewithOpacityof100%.Nowdraw linestoemphasisethecurvesofyourportraitandaddflowtoyour model’sface.It’salsoaperfecttooltoadddetailsandoutlines. Open Photoshop 09Timetostart workingin Photoshop.Copyallthe pathsfromyour Illustratordocumentby pressingCmd/Ctrl+C. OpenanewA3-sized documentinPhotoshop andplaceyour illustration.Photoshop willthenaskyouhowyou wanttopasteit.Pick SmartObjecttoallow easyupdatestoyour drawinglater. DetailsDrawalltheimportant detailsinblackandmakesure it’sperfectsothatpeopleeasily recogniseyourmodel DirtypainteffectCreatedirty brushstrokesonthefacein blackorwhitetoaddagrittyand realisticpainteffect OutlinesThankstotheuseful Brushtool,youcanaddmore detailstoyourportraitwith simplecurlylines WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 90 The Photoshop CC Book Addhaze 10Forthenextstep,youneedto searchforhigh-resolutionimagesof darkcloudswithlotsofdetailsinthem. Onceyouhavefoundsome,pastethem intoyourPhotoshopdocument,desaturate yourlayer(Cmd/Ctrl+U)andadjustthe brightnessusingCurves(Image> Adjustments>Curves)untilyouhavea high-contrastblackandwhiteimage.Now changethelayer’sblendmodetoMultiply andplaceitovertheshouldersandhairto addafoggyfeelingtoyourportrait. CreateyourownGradient brush 11Youwillnowcreatedifferentcoloured gradientbrushes.Useasoftround brushwithOpacityof70%andFlowof 100%andstartbybrushingonecircleof 2500pxinapinky-redcolour.Thencreate anotherat2000pxwithdarkorange, 1500pxwithorangeand1000pxwithyellow. ThentransformyourbrusheswiththeWarp tool(Edit>Transform>Warptoolandpull around)andsettheblendingmodeto Screentoplaceitovertheportrait. Warpyourbrushes 12Youcanwarpthegradient brushesaroundspecificpartsofyour portrait;forexample,aroundtheshapeof yourmodel’shairlineorneckline.Play aroundandseewhatlooksbest.Makesure youtryandadjustthecoloursaswellwith theHue/Saturationoption(Image> Adjustments>Hue/Saturation)afteryou havebrushedyourowngradients.This wayyoucancomeupwithunique colourwaysyouwouldneverhave imaginedbefore. Continuetoaddenergy 13Byplacingthecorrectwarped brushes,youwillexperienceaspecial effectwhereitfeelsasthoughyourportrait hasgainedsomeenergy.Thisresultcan comefromthemovementyourbrushes suggestandthecolour.Inthistutorial,you shouldtryandstickwithwarmcoloursand pullyourroundsoftbrushestoonespecific sidewiththeWarptool.Thiswillgivethe impressionthatyourmodelhasstoppedin time,buthersurroundingsarestillmoving. Experttip Makesureyoukeepallyourfilesorganised. Itwillhelpyourselfandtheotherpeople whomayneedtouseyourfileslater.Itwill alsospeedupyourworktimebyfarand helpsyoufocusonotherimportantthings. Tryandmakeitapositiveworkinghabitas quicklyaspossible. Keepyourself organised WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectportraitillustration The Photoshop CC Book 91 Finaladjustments Uselayermasks,adjustmentlayersandfilterstocompleteyourillustration It’sinthedetails 14Yourimageisalmostcomplete,but beforeyoufinish,searchforimages thatwillcreatetexturestoaddtoyour portrait.Forexample,inthistutorialIuseda wavingAmericanflagwiththeredstripes andwhitestarstoadddetailsthatmatterto themodel,inordertocreateastorybehind theartwork.Thenblendthetexturewiththe illustrationbychangingthecontrast (Image>Adjustments>Curves)andchange theblendingmodetoScreenagaintoplace itinthedarkerareas. Changingtheoverallcolour 15Createanewlayerontopofyour wholedocumentandfillthelayer withcolor#2a59ef,forexample,then changetheblendingmodetoDifference andtheOpacityto10-15%.Youwillfindthat youdiscoverafantasticcolouringeffect withthissinglestep.Youcanalsoduplicate thislayerandchangethecolourforanother effect.Whenyoudothis,placewhitelines ontopofthislayertoemphasisespecific detailsinyourportrait–forexample,below theeyes. Addagrain 16Youmayhavenoticedthatrecentlya lotofdigitalarthasacoolgrainy effectinthecolourshading.Everwondered howthisisdone?Well,it’seasy.Searchfor ‘graintexture’inGooglewiththesearch optiononlargeimagesandyouwillfinda high-resolutiongraintextureimage(grey andwhitedotslikeonanoldTV).Pastethis imageontopofyourworkandchangethe blendingmodetoOverlayandtheOpacity to30-50%.Thisworksjustfinewiththedirt brushesyoucreatedearlier. Movingintime 17EarlierinthistutorialIexplainedhow toaddenergyandmovementtoyour portrait,togivetheimpressionthatthe modelisinadynamicenvironment.Toadd averyobviousfeelingofmovement,you canaddanextragroupoflayerswithwhite linesontopofallyourlayersinaspecific directiontocreatethisreallyawesome movementeffect.It’saneasystepthathas averybigimpactonyourportrait. Finishingandsaving 18SinceyouareworkingonahighDPI withthepurposetoprintthisartwork, it’simportanttochangesomethingsbefore youshareyourworkontheinternet.First youhavetochangetheimagesize(Image> ImageSize).ChangetheResolutionfrom 300dpito72diandresampletheimageto BicubicSmoother(bestforreduction). Normalqualitywillbejustfinesinceyou workedonahigh-resolutionimage. Quicktip Whenyouarefinalisingyourhigh-resolution imagesforawebpreview,itispossible thatyouwilllosesomesharpnessinyour artwork.Tosolvethisannoyingproblem, youcanuseFilter>Sharpen>UnsharpMask afteryouhavechangedyourimagesizeto 72dpi.ThenchangetheAmountto30%, Radiusto0.3pxandThresholdto0levels. Thissimpletechniquewillsharpenyour previewinonesecond. Finaliseyourpreview WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • 92 The Photoshop CC Book DigitalArt 92 The Photoshop CC Book Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mastermixedmedia The Photoshop CC Book 93 R eady to paint outside the lines with CC? We’ll start with a model photo and treat it with the Graphic Pen filter to strip it of its photographic sheen. The edges will then be scraped away with a spatter brush on a layer mask. We’ll keep using the Spatter brush along with other artistic presets to first give our model a new hairdo, then to create some bold and vibrant swathes that will mix with the image via blend modes like Screen. After completing the base composition, we’ll enhance it with some of CC’s improved filters. Liquify can now be applied as a smart filter. We’ll use it to warp and tug at key points in our image. Because it’s now ‘smart,’ we can tweak our gooey edits at any time, or remove them altogether. Camera Raw can now also be applied as a smart filter, and it works with any layer. We’ll use it finalise our piece’s look. (If you’re using an older version, substitute with a combination of a Vibrance adjustment layer and the Unsharp Mask filter). Let’s get brushing! Master mixedmediaUsetheimprovedfilterstoaddthefinishing touchestoavibrantcomposition Roughmask 02AddalayermaskfromtheLayerspalette.SelecttheBrush toolandchoosetheSpatterBrush59presetat100% Opacity,600pxSize.Withblack,paintinthemasktoremovethe outerareas.ReducebrushsizeandOpacityasyoumoveinward. Asketchybeginning 01Open‘Start.psd’.GotoFile>Placeandadd‘Model.jpg’.Scale downandrotateslightlybeforeconfirming.PressD.Goto Filter>Sketch>GraphicPen.SetStrokeLengthto15,Light/Dark Balanceto35.ClickOK.Double-clickthefilter’sBlendingOption button,settoLighten.ClickOK. Spatterbrush 03Createanew layerabovethe model.Usingthesame Spatterpresetandblack at200pxSizeand100% Opacity,paintsome strokesoverthemodel’s hair.Continuepainting, loweringthebrushsize andopacityforvariation. STARTIMAGE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 94 The Photoshop CC Book SmartLiquify 09UsetheForwardWarptoolinthetop-lefttopushpixels around.Youcanalsotrysomeoftheothertools(tick AdvancedModetoshowall).UsetheReconstructTooltoslowly paintawaymistakes.ClickOKwhendone.Mergelayersagainand converttoaSmartObject. Deepenthecolour 07CreateonelastColorFilllayer,choose#5b3e22.Setthe blendmodetoOverlay.Next,applyaLevelsadjustment layer.Setthemidsliderto0.73.Paintblackat80%Opacityonthe adjustment’smaskwithasoft,roundbrushtotonedownareas. CameraRaw’ssmart,too 10GotoFilter>CameraRawFilter.SetClarityto30,Vibranceto 25.UnderSharpen,setAmountandRadiustomaximum. Youcanalsotryoutthemultitudeofothersettings.Whendone,click OK.Usealayermasktohideareastotonedown. Mergelayers 08Withthetopmostlayerselected,pressCmd/Ctrl+Opt/ Alt+Shift+E.Thisstampstheimageontoonelayer.Ctrl/ right-clickonthelayerandchoose‘ConverttoSmartObject’.Goto Filter>Liquify. Whatahairdo! 04Tryotherbrushesatvarioussizes andopacitiestocompletethehair. It’sagoodideatoworkacrossmultiple layerssothatit’seasiertoremoveoredit justaparticularsegmentofbrushwork. Addyellowstreaks 05ClickCreateNewFillLayerinthe LayerspaletteandchooseSolid Color.Pick#ffd900andsetmodetoScreen. Fillthemaskwithblack.PicktheBrushtool, usetheSpatterpresetat300pxand80% Opacitytopaintwhiteintothemask. Unleashcolour 06CreatesomemoreColorFilllayers, usingcolourssuchas#16eeb9, #ee1616,#004eff,#fc05e8.UsetheSpatter brushandotherpresets.Testoutother blendmodeslikeLighterColor,VividLight, andColorDodgeforvariouseffects. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mastermixedmedia The Photoshop CC Book 95 Asummaryofthekeytoolsandtechniquesformixingmedia Buildingupthemixed-mediaeffect One advantage Photoshop has over traditional methods of making art is the ease in which a piece can be taken into multiple directions. Simply save any number of copies, and you have the ability to experiment with different approaches. Craft simple variations or orchestrate wholly dissimilar creations. Here we stripped out the vibrant colouring elements, leaving a stark base. We scanned in some old newspaper, then used the Elliptical Marquee and Polygonal Lasso tools to select and cut out elements for use. After finishing the layout, we merged layers, converted to a Smart Object, then lightly applied the Smart Sharpen filter, which now provides improved results in Photoshop CC. Try this approach, or come up with your own! CameraRaw Mergelayers,convert toaSmartObject, thenapplythe CameraRawfilterfor ultimatecontrol LiquifyfilterLiquifycan nowbeappliedasaSmart Filter,allowingyoutore- tweakyoureditsasyouwork PreparationEmployfilterslike GraphicPenandColoredPencil toreadyyourphotosforadoseof mixed-mediaintegration ArtisticbrushesUsegritty, artisticbrushesonthelayer masksinsteadofthestandard roundbrushestoboostthe painterlyvibe BlendmodesBlendmodeslike Screenletyoutoaddswathesof colourwhileretainingdetailinthe underlyingimage Scan,convertandsharpenforadifferentfeel Analternativeapproach WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 96 The Photoshop CC Book Designyour owncharacters Developacharacterconceptandbringittolifeusing Photoshop’sdigitalpainttoolsandtechniques T his tutorial will teach you how to create an illustration suitable for a children’s storybook. You will be guided through the entire process, from the very first tiny thumbnail sketches, all the way to the final image. Learn how to handle composition, colour schemes, overall readability, effective shortcuts, and other tips and tricks. The main focus will lie in creating an illustration that tells a tale. The painting was made for a spread based on a short story. It was commissioned by a Swedish youth magazine. I really love painting animals and story-driven art that’s geared towards a younger audience, so it was lots of fun working on this one! Being able to paint cute, expressive and appealing illustrations that really reach out to the viewer has always been one of my goals as an artist. If you have a Wacom tablet, I definitely recommend using it from start to finish for more control. The image was also partly painted using some basic brushes, but I did use a few custom brushes from a free brush set created by the talented artist Shaddy Safadi. You can download his brushes at www.shaddyconceptart.com/ download. Ready? WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designyourowncharacters The Photoshop CC Book 97 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 98 The Photoshop CC Book Refinethecharacters 04Nowyouwillneedtocreateanotherdocumentto implementyourfinaldesign.Feelfreetomakeitevenlarger thistimeandfillthebackgroundwithalight-greytone.Selectthe charactersketchwiththeLassotoolfromtheroughsketch,copythe selectionandpasteitintoyournewdocument.Afterthat,scalethe characterssothattheyfilloutthewholecanvasandlowerthe opacityofthelayer,thencreateanotheremptyoneandstartrefining thesketchfurther.Todothis,useabrushwithhardedges,andwith theopacitysettingsactivated. Createaroughsketch 03Pickthethumbnailsthatareclosest toyourideaandstartarranging themonyourcanvas.Lowertheopacityof thatlayerandcreateanewoneontopofit. Keepsketchinguntiltheentireimageworks, andkeepexperimenting.It’sgreatto constantlyaskyourselfquestionssuchas: What’sthepurposewiththeimage?How doesthestorygo?Whichmomentworks bestforthisillustration?Whatstyleshouldit have?Who’stheaudience?Doesthe compositiondirecttheviewerproperly? Theveryfirstthumbnails 02Startbyquicklyputtingdowna bunchofthumbnails.Keepthem smallandpickamedium-sizedbrushthat youfeelcomfortablewith.Thisisthe ‘sandbox’phase,andanyideaisallowedat thisstage.Focusonexperimentingwith pose,compositionandproportions.The positionofthelittlethumbnailsisnotthat important,justmakesurethatyougetevery singleideaoutofyoursystem.Stayvery looseandfeelfreetoplayaroundalot beforesettlingentirelywithyouridea. Createanewcanvas 01First,you’llneedabrandnewcanvas. Startbycreatingadocumentby goingtoFile>Newandcreateacanvasthatis 210mmx148mm,andat300dpi.It’sbetter tokeepthecanvasrathersmallatthisstage sothatyoucanpayattentiontothewholeof theimage.Fillthebackgroundlayerwitha light-greytone.It’softenbettertoworkona darkercanvas,sinceit’smorecomfortable foryoureyes.Thencreateanewempty layerontop–that’sthelayeryou’regoingto sketchonnext. Lowertheopacity 05Whenthecharactersaremorerefinedandyoufeelhappy withthem,copythelayerandaddittotheprevioussketch document.Removetheroughversionofthecharactersandmerge thesketchlayerstogether.Thesketchshouldonlyworkasavague guidelineforthepaintingitself,solowertheOpacitytoabout30% andlockthatlayer.Mostoftheotherlayers(exceptsome adjustmentlayersthataffecttheentireimage)createdforthis paintingwillstayunderneaththelinedrawing. “It’softenbettertoworkonadarkercanvas,sinceit’smore comfortableforyoureyes” WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designyourowncharacters The Photoshop CC Book 99 Blockinthebasecolours 08Aftersettlingonanicecolourscheme,it’stimetoblockeverythingin. Thiswillmakethingssomucheasierwhenstartingtopaintthe illustration.ThebaselayerscanbecreatedusingthePentool.Startbydrawing themainshapetocreateanewpath,thenmakethatpathaselectionandfillit withabasiccolour.Proceedbycreatingbasicshapesforthedifferent backgroundelements,thewolfandthegirl.Lockthetransparencyofeachlayer whendone. Createclippingmasks 09Thisstagereallyisatruetime-saver,andit’sone ofmyfavouritePhotoshopshortcuts.Startby creatingnewlayersontopofeach‘blocked’layer,then pressOpt/Altandhoverthecursorin-betweenthetwo layers.Thelowerlayerwillbecometheparentofthe upperone,anditwillthenstaywithinthatshape,no matterhowmessyyoupaint.Italsomeansthatyouonly needtoblockinthemainpartsonce.Youcanthen focusonthefunpart–thepaintingitself! Colourtest 07Beforegettingtooseriouswiththeillustration,it’sagood ideatoquicklyflattenthegreyscalesketchandcreateand saveanewversionthatwillserveasacolourpalettelateron.Onthe newdocument,createanewemptylayerandsetthelayerblending modetoColor.Nowyoucanstartpaintingsomecoloursinwithout affectingthetones.Thisonewillworkwellwithlotsofgreensasthe dominatinghue,withaslighttouchofbrown,yellowandred. Tryitoutingreyscale 06It’stimetoplayaroundabitwiththevalues.Block everythinginwithflattonesjusttofindsomesuitable valuesthatwillworkwellwiththecompositionandmood.Paintona newemptylayerthat’screatedunderneaththesketchlayer.Anice ruletogobyisthatifthingsworkwellingreyscale,thenitwill definitelyworkoutincolouraswelllateron.Ingeneral,it’salsonice tohaveseveralpossibilitiestochoosefrombeforeyoustartto colouranewpiece. ThisshortcutthatcanbecreatedthroughActionsisveryhandywhenpainting digitallyinPhotoshop.SimplycreateanActionthatflipsyourcanvashorizontally whenpressingaspecifickey,perhapsF2.Flippingyourcanvasoftenmakesyoulook atthepaintingwithfresheyes,andyoucanimmediatelyseeandfixanyproportions orcompositionsthatmaybeabitoff. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 100 The Photoshop CC Book Thirdpaintingpass 15Theimageisnowreadyforsome slightdetailingandearlypolishing.Play aroundwithdifferenttexturedbrushesto getthattraditional,painterlyfeel.Safadi’s custombrusheswillsuitperfectlyforthis phase.Varytheopacityofthebrushesto gainfullcontrolwhileyoupaint.Createnew emptylayersontopoftheparentinglayersif youfeelunsureandwanttoredo,orremove unnecessarychangesasyoupaint. Addsomelight 14It’sabitdarkhere,isn’tit?Tosolve this,createnewlayersforthe backgroundandthecharacters,then connectthemtothelayersunderneathas clippingmasks.SetthelayermodetoColor Dodgeandpickanorangemidtonetopaint with.Useahardbrushwithoutanyopacity settingsandpaintinhighlights,ensuringthey areinkeepingwiththedirectionofthelight source.Letthoselayersstayroughfornow, aslongasitlooksgoodoverall. Flipyourcanvasregularly 12GotoImage>ImageRotation>FlipHorizontallyonaregularbasistocheckthe proportions,balanceandcomposition.Whenyouflipthecanvas,you’llsee immediatelyifthenoselooksoff,orifthepositionoftheeyesisawkward.It’saloteasierto spotmistakes.Thegreatnewsisthatyougettomakethechangesintime.Iftheimageis workinginbothangles,thenit’sprobablybalanced. Double-checkingreyscale 10Whenallthebasecoloursareadded tothepaintingandyou’reallset,it’s helpfultocreateaHue/Saturation adjustmentlayer.Keepitontopoftheentire paintingandadjustitsothatthepainting getscompletelydesaturated.Youcanthen turnthislayeronandofftokeepchecking thevalueswhenpainting.Isthepainting readableingreyscaleatthisstage?Good! Thenit’sreadytogetpaintedforreal. Timetopaint! 11Keepblockinginbasecolourswitha largebrush.Thebasicbrusheswillwork perfectlyatthisstage.Usebig,boldstrokes inthebeginningandswitchbetween hard-edgeandsoft-edgebrushes,keeping theOpacityat20-50%.Staylooseand alwaysworkontheentirepainting.Togeta betteroverview,openthedocumentintwo separatewindowsusingWindow>Arrange> Newwindow. Secondpaintingpass 13Keepfleshingouttheillustration, workingontheentirepaintingand correctingsmallermistakesthatyou encounteredwhenmirroringtheimage. Keepcomparingtheimageinthesmaller windowasyouproceedandmakesurethat itlooksgoodandreadablewhenit’ssmaller aswell.Althoughit’stempting,don’tdive intothesmallerdetailsjustyet;justkeep paintingwithaslightlyloweropacityand rendertheforms. It’salwaysagoodideatokeepyourlightsourcesonaseparatelayertoyourbaseimage.Thisway, youcanturnthoselayersoffwhenyouneedto,andyoucanthenfocusentirelyonrenderingform andputtingdownthosebasicvaluesinyourpainting. Quicktip DetailsTakeastepback andthinkaboutwhichparts ofthecharactersneed someextrawork,likethefur andeyes LightsourceDecide onthedirectionof yourlightsource andpainthighlights accordingly.Feelfreeto stayabitloose FlipNowthattheimage hasbeenflipped,you cancheckthatthe compositionisstill wellbalanced RenderStartwithslightly renderingtheformofthe charactersandtreetrunk, keepingthedirectionofthe lightinmind WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designyourowncharacters The Photoshop CC Book 101 Finaltouches 19Finally,youcanaddthesmallestandfinestdetailstothepainting.These includethewhiskers,hairandsparklesintheeyes.Evaluatetheentire paintingbyflippingthecanvashorizontallyasinStep12,turningtheHue/ Saturationadjustmentlayerontocheckvaluesonceagain,andlastbutnotleast, makesurethatitrevealsyourstory.Youcanalsoflattentheentirepaintingatthis stage,soyoudon’thavetohandleallthedifferentlayersanymore. Preparefordelivery 20Sincethiswasmadeforamagazine,it’sgoodto makesurethatallthesettingsandmodesare correct.Tostartwith,checkthattheimageisscaledor croppedproperly.Mostpublishershandletheirimages inCMYK,somakesurethatit’sconverted.Youcanalso sharpentheimageabit.GotoFilter>Sharpen>Unsharp Mask.Playwiththesettingsandmakesurethatthe imagelooksniceandcrisp,andthenyou’redone!Hope youfoundthistutorialhelpful.Goodluck! Furtherdetailing 18Keepaddinginsmallerdetails wheretheyareneeded.Paint themallinwhilekeepingacarefuleyeon theentireillustration.Remember:lessis more.Anothergoodthingtokeepinmind istospendsomeextratimeon characters’eyesandfacesingeneral. Thesefeaturesareoneofthefirstthings thattheviewerlooksat,soit’simportant thattheeyesandexpressionsreadwell andshowclearemotions.Gettingthis partrightdefinitelyhelpstotellastory. Refinethefur 17Youcanseethatthewolf’sfurneeds somemoredetails.Keeppaintingwith amedium-sizedbrushandrenderthe formsalittlebitmore.Afterthat,picka brushthatfeelsmorelikeatraditionalbrush thatslightlyimitateshairorfur.Havingphoto referencesisalwaysahugebenefit;sodon’t beafraidtosearchforsomenicephotos thatclearlyshowwhatawolf’sfurreally lookslike.Referenceswillalwaysbe important,evenifyoupaintinarather cartoon-likestyle. Double-checkin greyscaleagain 16TurnontheHue/Saturation adjustmentlayerthatyouplacedat theverytopandcheckthevalues.Isthe illustrationstillreadable?Thispartisreally crucial,andasmentionedearlier–ifit’s workinginz,thenitwillmostlikelyworkin colouraswell.Soit’saverygoodhabitto justdouble-checkyourillustrationona regularbasiswhileworkingwithcolours.I can’tencouragethispartenough.Isitstill working?Ifitstillreadswell,thenit’sfine. “Referenceswillalwaysbeimportant,evenifyou paintinarathercartoon-likestyle” WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 102 The Photoshop CC Book BEFORE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mergephotoswithillustrations The Photoshop CC Book 103 T his illustration is a fun mix of media. We’llbe workingwithhand-drawnillustrations, photographyandblockcoloursinPhotoshop.Be preparedtospendabitoftimetracingandselecting elements,allgreatskillsworthmastering! Wewillgothroughexperimentingwithdifferent layerstylesandbuildingcolourstocreateabold andoriginalpieceofartwork.Thiskindofstyleis veryeasyontheeyeandisreallygreattousefor yourownposters,greetingscards,wallprintsand muchmore! Herewe’veusedaselectionofphotographs–you candownloadthemfromthesuppliedresources.Or whynotputyourownspinonthingsandincorporate lovedonesintothecomposition?Scaninyourfamily photosandgetediting! Mergephotos withillustrationsLearnhowtocompositeamixoftexturesandstyles tocreateeye-catchingpiecesofdigitalartwork Stitchupacompositeusingphotos,blockcolouranddrawings Pieceitalltogether Prepareyourfiles 01Kickoffbycuttingouttheelementsthatyouneedfromyour photographsthenstartcompositingthemtogether.Let’s startfromthebackandworkforwards,sowe’llbeginwithalovely paper-texturebackground. Addsky 02Openyourskybackground,selectall(Cmd/Ctrl+A),copy (Cmd/Ctrl+C)andpaste(Cmd/Ctrl+V)yourskyphotoon topofyourpaperlayer.Positionthisinthetopthirdofthe composition,thenclickonyourlayerandsetlayerstyletoHardLight. Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 104 The Photoshop CC Book Createabase toneforthewall 08 HoldCmd/CtrlandclicktheWall layericon.Createanewlayer underneathandEdit>Fill(Shift+F5)withyour desiredcolour(forinstance#bb998b).Now gobacktoyourWalllayerandchangeits styletoOverlayat50%Opacity. Mainfigures 09 Nowforthemainfigures.Usethe sametechniqueyouusedforthe wallwiththesuppliedfigures.Traceover themusingablackPentool(P).Drawsome extralinestojointhecharacterstogether andgivethemsomethingtositon. Deletetheobjects 10Scanandcleantheillustrationand additontopofthephotographed figures.Deletetheobjectsthatthefigures areholdinginthephotousingtheLassotool. Thenmergethephotographandillustration (highlightbothlayersandhitCmd/Ctrl+E). Completeyourentire mountainrange 06DuplicatetheMountainsfolderand hidetheoriginal.Clickonceonthe newfolderandhitCmd/Ctrl+Etoflattenit intoonelayer.Changethiselement’sblend modetoLinearBurn. Wallphotoandillustration 07 Open‘Walloriginal.jpg’andusethe MagneticLasso(L)tocutaround thefenceandwall(holdAlttogetridofthe fencepostgaps).Pastetheselectiononto yourmainproject.Nowplace‘Illustration2 original.jpg’onanewlayersettoMultiply. RotateclockwiseusingEdit>Transform. Blockoutthecolour 05Aswellastheseslightlytextured mountains,youcanalsoaddina fewmountainsthataresimplyblockcolour. DrawamountainshapeusingtheLassotool (L)andthenfillinthewholeareawithyour selectedcolour. Addmountainphotography 03Cutoutthemountainphotographsandalso addascanofsomeripped-upsandpaperjust tomixthingsupalittle.Nowyoucanhaveaplayhere– movethephotographsaboutuntilyou’rehappywith thelayout. Basecolours 04Cmd/Ctrl-clickonamountain’s layericon,highlightingitsarea.Add anewlayerunderneathitandEdit>Fill(or Shift+F5)withyourchosenbasecolour.Click backonthemountainlayer,changeto MultiplyblendmodeandlowerOpacityto 60%.Repeatfortheotherelements. Experttip Forartworkthatiscomprised ofnumeroussimilarelements (likethemountainsinthis one),youmaybetemptedto duplicatelayersratherthan spendinglotsoftimecreating differentones.Ifyou’redoing this,trytochangeeachlayer asmuchaspossibletocreate anillusionofvariety.Youcould gotoEdit>Transform> FlipHorizontal,orhitCmd/ Ctrl+Ttochangethesizeof thelayer.Also,don’tforgetto nameallofyourlayerssothat youcankeepthemorganised –thiswillsaveyouplentyof timewhileworking! Cutout neatly! WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mergephotoswithillustrations The Photoshop CC Book 105 Breakuptheumbrella 12DuplicatethePapertexturelayer undertheumbrella.OntheFigure layer,highlighteveryothertrianglewithMagic Wand.ChooseSelect>Modify>Expandand enter1px.HitDeleteonthesecondpaper layer.HitImage>Adjustments>Hue/ Saturation;Lightnessdown,Saturationup. Includeseagulls 15Cuttheseagullsoutfromtheoriginal photographandpastethemontothe artwork.Hidethislayerandthenhighlightthe seagullsbyholdingCmd/Ctrlandclickingon thelayericon.Nowcreateanewlayerand Edit>Fill(orShift+F5)withyourdesiredtone. Applyawarmhue 13Highlighttheareaofthefiguresby holdingdowntheCmd/Ctrlkeysand thenclickingonthelayericon.Createanew layerunderneathandthengotoEdit>Fill(or Shift+F5)withyourdesiredcolour(example: #ffbab1).NowsettheFigureslayerto Multiplyblendmode. Papertextureforobjects 11DuplicatethePapertexturelayerand placeitunderneaththefigures. Highlighttheareaaroundthefigureswiththe MagicWandtool(W)andthengotoSelect> Modify>Expandandenter1pxsothatthe selectionisunderneaththeillustrationline. HitDeleteonthePapertexturelayer. Tidyupandfinish! 16Youcanthenmakethemountains littleabitmoreredbyselectingthe MountainsFinallayerandthenheadingto Image>Adjustments>Hue/Saturationand takingtheHuedownto–10. Useextra elements 14Theextra guitaris simplyascanned illustrationthathas beencolouredthe samewayasthe guitarandumbrella. Duplicatethepaper texture,highlight theareaaround theguitar,expandit by1pxandthen finallyhitDeleteon thepapertexture. Experttip Ifyou’reusingtheLassotooltocutaround afigure’shairorgrassonamountain top,thenyoucanaddafeathertoyour Lassoselectionbeforeyoudeletethe background.Youcouldalsoduplicateyour neatlycutphotographandaddaGaussian Blurtothelayerunderneath. Onceyou’vecutoutyour selectedareafromyourphoto,goto Layer>Matting>Defringeby1px.Thisisa reallyhelpfullittletoolandmakesallofthe tinybitsofexcesscolourthatyoumight havemissedaroundtheedgesdisappear likemagic! TheLasso tooltips! BEFORE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 106 The Photoshop CC Book Illustratewith thePentool T hePentoolisoneofthemoreadvancedtools, andcanbedauntingifyou’rejuststarting out.But have no fear; mastering this vector- based tool isn’t as hard as it seems. Based on Bézier curves, the Pen is actually very predictable and easy. And thanks to some handy keyboard shortcuts, it’s very efficient, too. When using the Brush tool, drawing is rigid, relying on the Eraser to correct mistakes. The Pen tool enables shapes to be fully drawn and then revisited to edit size, shape, angles and curves. With this tutorial we’ll go through the basic Pen tool controls, and guide you through the many useful features of using paths, such as stroking lines and filling shape. Brush Dynamics will also come into play as you learn to utilise a range of different tools to quickly create a professional- looking masterpiece. LearnhowtousethePentooltotransformablankcanvasinto avectormasterpiece START IMAGES Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • IllustratewiththePentool The Photoshop CC Book 107 Cuttingout 04 Ifyouputapointinthewrongplace, simplyholdCmd/Ctrlanddragit backwhereyouwant.Whentheentirehand isoutlinedandwiththePentoolselected, right-clickandclickMakeSelection.Setthe Featherto0pxandhitOK. Opentheimage 01 Let’sgetacquaintedstraightaway withthePentool.Opentheimage ‘Paintbrush.jpg’andselectthePentool(P). We’regoingtouseittocutoutthehand fromthewhitebackgroundtoallowfor interactionwiththeshapeswedraw. Begintodraw 07 OpenthePathspaletteviaWindow>PathsandwiththePen toolselected,clicktheNewPathiconatthebottomofthe palette.DrawthefirstcurveemanatingfromthecentreusingCmd/ CtrlandOpt/Alttoadjustlikebefore.Thelesspointsyouuse,the smootherthecurve. Createyourbackground 05 Double-clicktheBackgroundlayer, thengotoLayer>Layer Mask>RevealSelection.PressCmd/ Ctrl+Shift+Ntoaddanewlayerunderneath. UsethePentodrawashapeforatwo- tonedbackground.Ctrl/right-clickandselect FillPath. Cuttingout 02 Clickatthebaseofthewristto makethefirstanchorpoint,puta secondatthefirstcurve,athirdatthenext curveetc.Thelinesarecurrentlystraight,so gobacktoyoursecondpoint,holdingOpt/ Alt,dragfromthecentreofthepointoutleft. Colouritin 08 GobacktotheLayerspaletteandcreateanewlayer (Cmd/Ctrl+Shift+N)belowtheBrushlayer.Choosea ForegroundcolourandsetyourBrush(B)to100%Hardness and30px.SelectthePentoolandCtrl/right-clicktopickStroke Path.SelectBrushandun-tickStimulatePressure. Addacentrepoint 06 SelecttheEllipsetool(U)anddraw acircleatthetipofthebrush,put thislayerundertheBrushlayer.Turnoffthe StrokeandFilltheshapewithablockcolour. Repeatwithothercustomshapesforextra detail.Findtheseinthetopbanner. Makeadjustments 03 Twoadjustmentpointswillappear. Keepdraggingleftuntiltheleftside matchesthewrist.Release,thenpressAlt anddragtherighthandpointinsothe bottomofthecurvematchesthewrist. Adjusttheotherpoints,andthencontinue todrawaroundthehand. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 108 The Photoshop CC Book Addmorecurves 09 GobacktothePathspalette.Onthesamepath layer,drawasubpathofanothercurve,keeping thecolourandbrushsizethesame.Thistime,Ctrl/ right-clickandclickStrokeandtickSimulatePressure. Thiswilladdanicetaperedpoint. Completeyourshape 10 Continuetoaddtothispathlayer, varyingthebrushsizeandswitching betweenStimulatedPressureandnot.Now alsousethePentooltodrawadditional shapessuchasleavesbyjoiningupthepath points.Theninsteadofaddingastroke,Ctrl/ right-click>FillPathinthesamecolour. Addmorecurves 14 Repeatthesestepswithafewmore curvestoaddmoreinterest.But don’tforgetabouttheBrushtip.Createa newlayerwithCmd/Ctrl+Shift+Nandwitha blackpaintbrush(B)at5%Opacity,paintin asubtleshadowatthetipofthebrushfor evenmorerealism. Addmoreshapes 11 Createanewlayerandpathslayerand selectadifferentcolour.Repeat previousstepstodrawinmorecurves, shapesanddetails,adjustingthebrushsize, togglestimulatepressureandcreateanew layerforeachcolour–havefunwithit! Texturedbackground 15 Openthethreesuppliedtexturefilesandadd themintothebackgroundabovetheBackground layer.Usesimilarcoloursandvaryingopacitiestogive theimageatexturedgrungylook. Wrapitround 12Toaddmoredepth,createanew layerunderneaththeBrushlayerand drawawavylineleadingfromthecentreup thebrushandhand.Ctrl/right-click>Stroke Path.Addalayermaskandpaintinblack alternatingwavestomakeitappearas thoughthelineiswrappingroundthephoto. Addashadow 13 Duplicatethewavyline,double-click thethumbnailofthelayercopyand addapaleDropShadow,hitOK.Ctrl/ right-click>RasterizeLayerStyle.Fillthelayer maskinblack,andpaintinwhitewherethe linecrossesthebrushorhand. Experttip Whendrawingcurveswith thePentoolitiseasytomake jaggedandunevenedges insteadofsmoothflowing lines.Therearesometricksfor avoidingthis,though.Tryand keepyouradjustmentstono morethan30-40˚awayfrom theline.Butmostimportantly, makesurethatyouplaceyour anchorpointwhereyouwant thelinetochangedirection– notwhereyouwantthemiddle orthedipofthecurve!This willensureasmoothtransition betweenangles. Smooth curves Experttip DragoutthePentooliconto revealtheFreehandPentool. Thisallowsyoutodrawfreely withouthavingtoplaceanchor pointsandPhotoshopwill convertittoapathwhenyou releasethemouse.Thisallows muchmorecreativityand freedomtomakenewshapes. Youcanadjusthowsensitive thePenisusingCurveFit– thehigherthenumber,the smootherthecurves. Freehand Pentool WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • IllustratewiththePentool The Photoshop CC Book 109 Vibrantcolours 16Toreallymakeitshine,addaGradientFill adjustmentlayer,choosingstrong,warm colours.SettheblendmodetoLightentogetthe colourstointeractwithjustthedarkershades.Toget backthelostdetailfromthepaintbrush,addabright levelslayerwithalayermask. Finaltweaks 17 Ifthegradientlayerhaswashedthe imageout,addanotherLevels adjustment.Dragtheblacksliderdownuntil thecontrasthasreturned.Asyou’vesaved yourpaths,ifyouwanttoadjustanyofyour pastcurvesjustgobackandtweakaway! SeparatelayersBydrawing theshapesonseparatelayersit makesitpossibletochangethe orderoftheshapesquicklyto alterthedynamicoftheimage Pentoolart Usefultipswhenworkinginvector SwatchesCreateyourowncolour palette!EitherusetheEyedropper(I)to copyacolourorselectviaSetForeground colour,thenontheSwatcheswindow clicktheNewSwatchicon StepbackMakesuretokeep zoomingouttogetafeelforthe imageasawhole.Asimportantas thedetailsare,youdon’twantitto gettoounbalanced SavedPathsWitheachcolourpath createdseparately,itmakesiteasyto adjusteachshapeindividually.Simply clickapathtoselectitandbegin adjustingwithCmd/CtrlandOpt/Alt EmbracetheCurveFlowthrough yourdesignbyworkingwiththenatural curvesofthePen–thelesspointsthe betterinordertoavoidjuttingpointsor edgeswhereyoudon’twantthem 02Custom shapes Addandeditready-madeshapes toyourimage 5practicalskills youwilllearn 01Drawingpaths Discoverhowtomake perfectpathswithPhotoshop’s Pentool 03Fillpath Give your pen-drawn creations colour 04Levels adjustment Boost level and tone the safe way 05Gradientfill Add an interesting colour wash that can be edited later WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 110 The Photoshop CC Book110 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • PaintaSteampunk-inspiredportrait The Photoshop CC Book 111 Experttip Paintseparateelements ontheirownlayersso thatyoucanlockthe transparencyandpaint eachonewithoutgoing overtheedges.Todothis, choosethecorresponding layerintheLayerspalette andclickthecheckered squareiconatthetopnext totheword‘Lock’. Lockthe transparency Startanew document 03 Beginbycreating anewdocument (Cmd/Ctrl+N).Settheimage dimensionsto4800pxby 6400pxat300ppi.Decide betweenRGBorCMYKfor yourcolourmode(RGBcan achieverichercolourswhile CMYKisusefulforprinting). Fillitwithawarmgreentone inthemiddle-rangeof value(nottoolightandnot toodark). T he following tutorial is for those who wish to learn the basics of digital painting and discover tips and tricks to add texture, luminescence and mystery to illustrations with simple Photoshop methods. Learn to sketch non-existent objects using basic perspective and visualise lighting so that you can add any element to your painting regardless of reference. Discover the difference between form shadow and cast shadow and how to effectively render both. Once you understand how light interacts with your subject matter, the possibilities are limitless. Learn how to pick compelling colours to establish mood, to paint different materials such as cloth, metal, and skin, including how to apply textures and patterns realistically using filters. Finally, discover the secret to creating glow effects and glares using various layer blending modes. From start to finish, you will learn how to employ Photoshop effectively to create a compelling painting. PaintaSteampunk- inspiredportraitUse light, shadow, colour and texture to create a portrait Gatherreference 02 Paintingsshouldbeunrecognisablefromreferenceunless thematerialbelongstoyou,sotakelibertiesindeviating fromonlinesources.Theeasiestwaytoobtainreferenceistotake photosyourself,butmakesureallofyourimageshavethesamelight sourceorbepreparedtopaintthemdifferentlytohowtheyappear. Visualiseyourimage 01 Beforestarting,visualisewhatyouwanttoaccomplish.In thiscase,thegoalistopaintaSteampunkpiecewhich integratesportraiturewithmechanicalelements.It’smeanttobea dark,atmosphericimagewithlushcolourstoinvokemysteryand interest.Remembertodownloadtheresourcesbeforeyoustart. Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 112 The Photoshop CC Book CreatetheBackground 08Createtheillusionofalightsource justoffcanvasusingahardround brushinapaleyellowhue.Sweepthebrush downwardtoemulatetheglowingeffectof lightonawall.Pickingadarkgreen,sweep thesamebrushalongtheedgesofthe canvastopushthecornersintodarkness. Blendthecolourswithasoftroundbrush. Notethatthelightwillbebrighterandthe changebetweenvalueswillbemoredrastic nearthetopwherethelightisclosest. Understandinglight 06Formshadowcreatestheillusion offormandgivesobjectsdepth.It occurswhenlightfailstocompletelywrap aroundtheformofsomethingandisa gradualtransitionfromlighttoshadow,with softeredges(likethecheekbone,whichat firstcatchesthelightandthencurves downwardintoshadow).Castshadow occurswhensomething,blocksthelight, throwingareasbelowintodarkness.Ittends tohavesharperedges. Sketchtheoutline 04 Createanewlayernamed‘Sketch’(Layer>New>Layer).Whensketching,think aboutthefocalpointtokeeptheeyemovingwithintheimage.Useyourreference asaroughguideasyoufreehandthesketchinadarkburgundycolour.Keepinmind perspectiveasyoudrawobjectswithoutreference,likethedragonandgoggles.Ithelpsto sometimesdrawboxesinperspectivewiththerestofthepieceandthenchiselawayatthe objectsinsidetocreateangularshapesbeforefinallyroundingoffthedetails. Visualisewherelightfalls 07Whencreatinganobjectwithout reference,itisvitaltobeableto pictureinyourmindwheretheshadow wouldfallifyoucouldseeit.Ithelpsto picturethesubjectmatterasifitweremade upofseveralsmallgeometricpolygons. Lookateachsurfaceplaneandaskyourself iftheanglewouldcatchthelightornot,then translatethatintoyourpainting.Addincast shadowsofmade-upelementstoground theworkandgiveitacohesivefeel. Pickcolours 05Colourdefinesthemoodofapiece. Thekeytohavinglushcoloursis findingabalancebetweenrichanddull.Too brightandyourimagelookscontrivedand over-the-top.Toodullandyourimagelooks washedout.Lightercoloursshouldbeless saturatedanddarkercoloursmore saturated.Onanewlayer,pickabasicflesh colour,scribbleandrepeat,increasingthe saturationasyougodarker.Tohelpthe imagepop,addsubtleorangesandwarm pinksfortheeyesandcheeks.Palecyan worksasahighlight. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintasteampunk-inspiredportrait The Photoshop CC Book 113 Addatmosphericeffects 13Thelaststepistoaddsubtle atmosphericeffects.Createaglareon thehighlightofthegogglesusingasoft roundbrushinapaleyellowcolouronlow opacity.Forthebluronthedragonwings, copythewingsontoanewlayerunderneath andusetheMotionBlurfilter.Settheangle to40degreesandthedistanceto200px. Useasmokebrushforthedragonsteam.To makeitglow,onanewlayeruseasoftgreen brushsettoHardLight. Addtextureandpattern 12Textureandpatternaddrealismto yourworkwhendonecorrectly.To createtheillusionofwallpaper,pastea damaskpatternonanewlayerandset thelayerBlendModetoOverlayfrom thedrop-downmenuontheLayers palette.Reducetheopacityofthelayerso thatthepatternisnotoverbearingbutstill present.Youdon’twantyourimagetobe toobusyordistractviewersfromthefigure intheforeground. Startpainting 09Onalayerbeneaththesketch,paint theskinusingadefaultroundbrush. KeepyourOpacityandFlowat100%,and relyonthesensitivityofyourtablettoblend thecolours.Makeacleardelineation betweenlightandshadow.Asyoucontinue torefine,addthetransitionsbetweenthe twovaluesusingasoftbrushwhenneeded. Useyourhighlightssparinglyforthegreatest effect.MergeyourSketchlayerandyour paintinglayerandgentlypaintoutthe sketchuntilallthelinesaregone. Shinyversusdull 10Whenpaintingmattesurfaceslikethe cottonvest,donotpainthighlights. Onlytwovaluesareneededforthese–mid- toneandshadow–withgradualtransitions betweenthetwoonoccasion.When paintingreflectivesurfaceslikesilkorbrass, however,exaggeratethedrasticchangein valuebyusingsharpspecularhighlightsin areaswherethelightwouldlogicallyfalland byusingcontrastingstrokes.Rememberto incorporatesurroundingcolours,asmetalis highlyreflective. Paintingskinandhair 11Whenpaintingskin,findabalance betweenmatteandshiny.Theskinwill havesharperandbrighterhighlightsifthe faceiswet(likearoundtheeyes)orwhere oilsoftheskinreflectlight(likeonthenose andinnertearduct).Ifyouhaven’talready, addthesespecularhighlightstocreate luminescence.Whenpaintinghair,startby puttinginthedarkestvaluesfirst,andthen addthemidtonesusingachunkyround brush.Slowlyreducethesizeofthebrush untilyouarepaintingindividualstrands. Moreonpattern Tocreatetheeffectofthepatternwrapping aroundthesilkshirt,pastethepatternona newlayerabovethepainting.Createaquick maskoveryourpaintingbyclickingbetween thetwolayersandpressingOpt/Alt.Setthe layerBlendModetoOverlayandreducethe Opacityto30%.GotoFilter>Liquify,andwith thepaintinglayervisiblebeneath,usethe ForwardWarptool(W)topushthepattern downwardaroundtheedgesofthearm.Do thesameforthefabrictextureonthevest. Liquifyfilter WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 114 The Photoshop CC Book STARTIMAGES Y ou get a sense of satisfaction when your final outcome is nothing like what you started out with. Experimenting with different splatter paintbrushes is a lot of fun, so really letting loose and getting your document dirty is how you’ll achieve this final result. Here the aim isn’t to have the perfect result, because the rough and messy look will give your images originality and depth. Over the next few steps we’ll take you through how to use Smart Objects, adjustments, layer styles and blend modes to toughen up your model. Then we’ll build up layers of brush techniques and layer mask tricks to create the vintage/grunge effect. We’ll then bring in the final touches, such as adding simple shapes and typography, to complete the overall composition. There are no rules when creating textures with Photoshop, the techniques and skills in this tutorial can be carried out with any sort of starting images. It’s really a matter of mixing experimentation and letting your creativity run wild. Usedifferent mediainyoureditLearnhowtocombineimages,brushes,shapes andtexturestocreateamixed-mediamasterpiece Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Usedifferentmediainyouredit The Photoshop CC Book 115 Usedifferentmediainyouredit The Photoshop CC Book 115 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 116 The Photoshop CC Book Experttip Withthiskindofartwork youcanusequitealotof layers,soyoumayfindyour Layerpalettegettingquite cluttered.Areallyhandytipis groupingyourlayerstogether intofolders.Todothis,select togetherthelayersyouwant toplaceintoonefolderthen, intheLayerspalette,goto Layer>NewGroupFrom Layers.Youwillnownotice theselayershavebeenplaced intoafolder.Forexample, placeallthetopcolourlayers intoonefolderandthenall thebackcolourlayersinto another.Thisalsomakes findinglayerseasier. Grouped layers Setthingsup 01Add‘DamaskBackground.psd’fromthesupplied resources.Next,openupanewPSDfilewiththe followingsettings:235x300mm,Resolution:300dpi andMode:RGB.Nowpasteyourpatternintothefile. Uselayerstyles 04Inthemaindocument,double-click onthemodellayer.Selectthe GradientOverlay.Changetheblendmode toSaturationandtheOpacityto100%,with ablack-and-whitegradient.HitEnter. UseaSmartObject 02Nowpasteinyourmodel(supplied). Ctrl/right-clickonthemodellayer andselectConverttoSmartObject.You’ll noticealittlepapericonpop-up;double- clickitandPhotoshopwillredirectyoutoa newdocument. Boostthecontrast 05Hidethewallpaperlayer.Goto Layer>NewAdjustmentLayer> Levelsandchangethevariablesto:37,0.60, 206.Tomergethelevelandthemodel, selectthetwolayersandhitCmd/Ctrl+Opt/ Alt+Shift+E.Hidethetwoseparatelayers. Paintbrushes 06Gobacktoyourbackgroundand selectyournewLevels1(merged) layer.ChangetheblendmodetoLinear Burn.Loadapaintsplattersetandstart paintingyourmodelwithblackfordepth. Maskwithpaintbrushes 07Tocreatethecut-awayeffect,click AddaMaskLayer.GrabtheBrush tool(B).Usingyourpaintsplatterbrushes (ForegroundcoloursettoBlack)painton yourmodeltorubpartsofheraway. AddingColour 08Createanewlayer.Changeyour Foregroundcolourtopink.Select thePaintBrushtool(B)withthepaint splatterbrushes.ChangethebrushOpacity to60%.Paintyourmodelforastainedeffect. Cutout 03Inthisdocument,double-clickon thelayertobringuptheLayerStyle dialogbox.You’llseetwosliders.Dragthe whitepointerattherightofthetopsliderto 215.HitEnter.Saveandclosethedocument. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Usedifferentmediainyouredit The Photoshop CC Book 117 ApplytheCustomShapetool 12AccesstheCustomShapetool(U). NowclicktheTriangleFrame,drawit onanewlayerinwhite,andthenchangethe Opacityofthelayerto60%.Repeatthisstep withtheDiamondFrameinred. Createdepthwithcolour 09Addanewlayer.Selectanddragit belowthemodellayer.Grabthe Brushtool,keepingOpacityat60%and selectablue.Paintbehindthemodel, ensuringthatyoucanstillseetheblue. Inputsometext 13SelecttheHorizontalTypetool(T) andsettheColortowhite,theFont familytoHelveticaNeueandthestyleto Bold.Typeinyourtext,thenhitEnter.Save yourdocumentandyou’redone. Bringinevenmorecolour 10Becreativeandpaintalloveryour model.Createanewlayerforevery newcolour.Makesurecoloursaregetting paintedinfrontofandbehindthemodel (bydragginglayersbelowthemodellayer). Addingsimple shapes 11Makeanewlayer (behindthemodel), selectared(#ff0000), thengrabtheEllipsetool (U)tocreateyourcircle. YoucanholddownShift toensureyougeta symmetricalcycle.Next changetheblendmode ofthislayertoSoftLight. Nowrepeatthisstep, usingwhitethistime. Experiment without fear till you find the right blend Over-painting Whenyoustarttopaintonto yourartwork,it’sbettertooverthanunder- paintyoursubject. OpacityandFlow ExperimentwiththeOpacityFlowofthe brush.Loweringthesewon’teraseyour work,butwillfadethemoutslightlyto createastainedeffect. Createalayermask It’sbettertoover-paintbecauseyoucan createalayermasktoerasethepartsyou aren’tkeenon. Subtractandadd Layermasksarereversible.Bringback somethingyoumistakenlyerasedby hittingXtoswitchtowhiteandpaintthe areayouwantback. ExpertEdit WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 118 The Photoshop CC Book Digitalart 118 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintacityscene The Photoshop CC Book 119 Learnhowtousefreeimagesandpainting techniquestomakeadigitalmasterpiece Paintacityscene T his tutorial will teach you how to make a dynamic concept image using free stock images from websites like CGTextures.com. It will focus on getting a solid composition, blending images that don’t match together with colour, and painting in all the gaps. In preparation for this tutorial, grab a few images of cities or buildings you like from a free stock site. You’ll also need some car shots. If you can, go out with a camera and take reference pictures; you’ll own all the pictures and the fresh air will do you good too. Once you’ve done that, you can start thinking about the compositions. You don’t need to be overflowing with ideas; a rough sketch will do. Finally, these pages will detail some easy painting techniques to make your image your own. By following these steps, you’ll be able to get an idea across quickly and have a setup that you can take to full completion at your own pace. This is a popular concept artist work method, so let’s get going. Sketchfoundations FormcrudelineartandbasicimageryinPhotoshop Therough 01Startoffbylayingouttheroughestof compositions.It’stheveryfirstidea andthingsmightchangedramaticallyalong theway,butthat’sOK.Keepinganimageas dynamicaspossibleiswhatmakesitcome tolife,andensuresyoulearnnewthings everytime.IusedSketchUpforthisbecause itcomeswithsomefree-to-usemodels. Linesandmorelines 02PuttingtheimageinPhotoshop allowsyoutodosomecrudeline art.Addinginperspectivelinesasaguide helpstosetupthingslikescaleand distance.Putinsomeroughhorizontal lines,assinceit’saportraitimagethosewill bethemostimportant.Usearoundbrush toolwithnopressureandpressShiftto makestraightlines. BuildingBash! 03Youcannowaddsomebuildingstaken fromCGTexures.com,sogothereand copyinthefileslistedhere.Copyandpaste HighRiseNight0114andplaceitasshown.Copy andpaste,thendistortHighRiseNight0119into placewiththeTransformtoolbypressingCmd/ Ctrl+T.MaskofftheskyinHighRiseNight0119by usingthePolygonalLassotoolandamasking layer.DothesameforHighRiseNight0114. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 120 The Photoshop CC Book Lightseverywhere! 08Byusingthetechniquefromthe laststeponallofthebuildingsin thescene,yougetamuchricherfeeling. Anotherthingyoucandotofurther integratebuildingsandobjectsintothe sceneistousetheColorlayer.Makeanew layer,setittoColorandpickthecolourof theobjectnexttoit,Makesurethe saturationishighsothatit’svisible.Play aroundwiththisandseewhatyouget. Zoomin 07Atthisstageyoucanstartaddingpaint.Thinkaboutthingslikelightingandcoolneon stripsonthesideofbuildings.Pickasoftroundbrushandselectanorangecolouras shownintheimage.SetyourbrushtoLinearDodgeat50%Opacityand40%Fill.Gotoyour HighRiseNight0117layerandcreateanewlayerontopofit.Nowclipittothebuildinglayer. Paintinthelightwithafade,withthestrongestcolouratthebottom. Theroad 06OK,timetoletgooftheinitiallines andsetupandletthepaintingtake over.Fortheroad,usetheStock.XCHNG imageID14654.DragitintothePhotoshop fileandrotateitabitusingCmd/Ctrl+T.Use alayermasktocutoffthetopbit.Nowgrab thedefaultchalkbrushandstarttopaint ontopofitinaclippinglayer.Todothis, makeanewlayerontopofimage14654, thengotoLayer>CreateClippingMask.This willallowyoutopaintwithouttouchingthe otherpictures. PushingandPulling 04AddCGTextures’HighRiseNight0117, HighRiseNight0113and HighRiseNight0118_02intoyourPhotoshop document.Forthebackgroundbuilding showninthemiddle,taketheLassotool,cut outapartofHighRiseNight0117andcopyand pasteitbackin.Lightenitabitbypressing Cmd/Ctrl+Uandtweakingthelightness.Cut outthelargestructurefrom HighRiseNight0113andplaceitontheright sideinfrontofHighRiseNight0119.The HighRiseNight0113layershouldbeontop. ForegroundtoBackground 05Asasolidwhitebackgroundisnot veryinteresting,addsomething there–evenifit’saplaceholder–justto makeiteasiertolookat.GotoStock. XCHNG(www.sxc.hu)andgrabimageID 1418317touseasasky,I’veusedanother onefornowbecauseI’llshowyouhowto paintoneyourselflateron.Alsograbimage ID648519,cutitupandmaskasshown. NowgrabCGTextures’HighRiseNight0099, distortitonHighRiseNight0114,andsetitto PinLightforanicelighteffect. Applypaint Usepainttoaddcolour,lightanddetail Byusingclippingmasks,whichcanbe foundintheLayermenu,wecanfreely paintwithoutgoingoutsideoftheoriginal mask.Theadvantagetodoingthisisthat youcanstackanythingonherefromregular paintlayerstoadjustmentlayerslikeColor BalanceandBrightness/Contrast. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintacityscene The Photoshop CC Book 121 Gettingready 13Sothecarsareprobablyfarfrom whatthesceneneeds,butthat’sOK. Oneofthefirstthingswewanttodoisgetrid ofallthelightbouncesanddirtwedon’t want.GrabthePolygonalLassotooland startmaskingoffbits,makingsureyoufollow thepanelsofthecar.Youcansave selectionsbygoingtoSelect>Save Selection.Thiswillsaveyoutimelateron. Now,grabaroundbrush,samplecolourand startpainting! Introducing... 12Finally,thecars.Thisisthehardest part.Juststickingtheminwon’tdo thejobsowe’lltalkaboutwhatyouneedto doinordertogetthemsittingjustright. Findingtherightcaristricky;makesureyou lookatyourperspectivetoensureyouget therightangle.Aquickwaytodothisisto checkifthereartyressithigherorlowerthan thefrontones.Theclosertheyaretogether, themorecompressiontowardsthehorizon youhave. InDepth! 11Takealookattheskymoreclosely.It containsafewbasicelements;the sun,theblueatmosphere,andtheclouds. Everythingblendswiththesuncolour–we canuseasoftroundbrushwithorangeto getthevaluesin.Gettingthatcrispsilver(in thiscasegold)liningissimple.Grabasmall brushwithabitofnoise,setittoLinear Dodge(Add)andpickadarkshadeof orange.Now,justpaintandusetheSmudge tooltoblenditinwiththerest. Newsky 10Theoldskywasabitgenericand uninteresting,sohere’showtomake abetterlookingone.Startbypickingsome nicecoloursthatoccurinrealskies.Takea lookatsunsetpicturesandtrytomatchthe colours.Iusedaroughbrushforthisin combinationwiththeSmudgetooltoblend thecolours.Mixinginphotographstoget sometextureinisalsoapossibility–it’sup toyou!Ifyoudon’tfeellikepainting,youcan useStock.XCHNGimageID1418317instead. “Ifyoucangooutwithacameraandtakereference pictures,you’llownallthepictures” Recapandmoveforward 09Letstakealookatwhathasbeendonesofarandwhat’sleft.Wehaveaddedin buildingsandabasicgroundmatchingouroriginalidea,butit’sstillabitlifeless.We arenowgoingtoaddinthecarsandstartblendingitalltogetherwithsomepaint. AmbientlightFocus onbuildinglightingto makeitinteresting–not justfromwindows,but ambienttoo SkyTheskyisabit blandnowasitwasjusta placeholder,somakeanew onethat’smoreinteresting AdddetailThesebuildingsare stillreallyroughandblocky.Try tothinkofsomenicedetailsfor theedges–sometipswillfollow lateron AddmoreLet’sputsomecars in.Remember,takingyourown referenceisfunandeasy WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 122 The Photoshop CC Book Morelife 18Thesceneisstillabitempty,sofocus onaddingsomedetails.Bringthe scenetolifebyaddinginbarnames.You canmakethingslookliketheyglowreally quicklybyduplicatingthelayer(pressCmd/ Ctrl+Jwiththelayerselected),puttingitto LinearDodge(Add),andthengoingto Filter>Blur>GaussianBlur.Playwiththisuntil yougetaniceglow.Grabsomeflamingo imagesfromStock.XCHNGandcutthem outtogetthiseffect. Headlights 17Puttingintheheadlightsisalotoffun, andit’soneofthethingsthatreally makestheimagepop.Headovertoafree stocksiteandgrabafewflaresthatyoulike. Dropthemintothepaintingandsettheir blendingmodetoScreen.Toavoid destroyingtheimage,wecanmakeamask foritandpaintitawayusingasoftbrush.Play aroundwiththesaturationbyeitherusinga linklayer,oreditingtheimagedirectlyby pressingCmd/Ctrl+U. Shadowsandcorrections 16Blendinthecarsfurtherusing adjustmentlayerslikeHue/ Saturation.Tweakingthevaluescanpush thecolourofthecarmoretowardsthe ambientvalueofthescene.AddingColour Dodgelayerswithsomepaintisagreatway toaddsomestronghighlights.Grabasoft brushandputinsomehighlights.Lastly,the carswillcastshadowsinthescene.Wecan easilycreatethembymakinganewlayerset toMultiply(60%)andpaintingthemin. Reflections 14Whenthecarsareniceandneutral,it’stimeforustoputinthereflectionsthatwe expecttoseeinthescene.Weneedtograbthewholeimage,soturnoffthecarsand thenpressCmd/Ctrl+A,thenCmd/Ctrl+Shift+C,andlastlyCmd/Ctrl+Shift+V.This compresseseverythingintoonelayerandpastesitinplace.Useaclippingmasktoattachit tothecar,thenscaleitdownandwarpitabittomatchtheroughshape.LowertheOpacity andplaywithblendingmodes. Blendingsomemore 15Wehavetalkedaboutblendingin thebuildingsbefore,butnowdothe sameforthecars.It’sprettymuchthe sameprinciple,butbecausethecarsare muchmorereflectiveitwillenduphaving morecoloursdisplayedindifferentplaces. Justlikebefore,startbymakingacolour layerthat’slinkedtothecar/cars.Graba softroundbrushandstartsampling surroundingcoloursandcarefullyputting themintoplace. Finaltouches Addreflections,shadowsandsparkstobringyourimagetolife It’sveryimportanttokeepalooseattitudetowardsthesepaintings.It’saboutgettingthingswrong sothatyouknowwhattoavoid.Don’ttrytobeperfectfromthestart.Paint,experimentandfail asmuchasyoucan.Itbringslifetoyourimageandimprovesyourworkflowatthesametime.If youwantthatpainterlyfeel,itprobablymeansyouhavetopaintit,sogoonandexperiment.You canusethetechniquesdescribedheretogiveyouabasicidea,butultimatelyit’saboutyourown artistictouch.Don’tjustimitate,butinvent! Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintacityscene The Photoshop CC Book 123 Finaltouches 24Lastly,wecanpulltheimage togethermorebypaintinginafew details.We’veleftthisbitopensofar becausepaintingthingsinisallaboutwhat youwant.Staytruetotheimageby matchingthesharpnessusingtheLasso tool,andblendcolourswiththephotofilter layerorjustpaint.Thinkofthingsthatcould addtothescene,likesmoke.Itshould alwaysbeaharmonybetweenpaintand photo,notabattle. Speed! 23Wecanusethephotofilter adjustmentlayertoblendthe colourstogetherabitmore.Keepingthemin thesamevaluerangehelpstobringthem together,withafewspikeshereandthere. Nowforspeed.Compressyourpainting againasinStep14andgoto Filter>Blur>RadialBlur.SetittoZoom>Best andmovethemarkertothecentralpoint behindthecars.Usethemasktoapplythe blurintheforegroundandonthesides. Drama 21Gettinganarrativeincanbeassimple asaddingsomesparks.Makean ellipsewiththeSelectiontool,grabasoft roundbrushandsetittoLinearDodgewith 50%Opacity.Paintitinandmakesurethe brightspotisinthemiddle.Deselectitand duplicateituntilyouhaveafew.Distort theminplaceasshown.Paintontopwith thesamebrushtogetanicegloweffect. Values 22Valuesdetermineeverything.We cancheckthevaluebycreatinga newlayerfilledwithsolidblack.SetittoHue togiveyouanicereadout.Hereisanice side-by-side.Theleftoneisclosebutthe rightismuchmoredramatic.Use Brightness/Contrastlayersandmaskstoget itjustright.Remember,highcontrastup frontandlowcontrastintheback.Values helppullfocusandselldistance.Usemasks forthemostcontroloveryourlayers. Puddles 19Wecanmakethingsevenmore interestingbyaddingsomeadditional reflections.Createanewlayerandstart paintinginwhereyouwantthewatertogo withahardroundbrushsetto100% Opacity,makingsureit’sasolidcolour.Fade theedgesbyusingasoftrounderaser.Do thesameasinStep14,butlinkittothe puddlethistime.Nowuseamasktogetrid ofitsoyouhaveanicefadetowardsthecar. Reflectionblur 20Nowthatwehaveabasereflection in,itlooksabittoorigid.Wewantto giveitadynamicfeel.Duplicatethe reflectionlayerandlinkittothepuddle, now,gotoFilter>Blur>MotionBlur.Grabthe anglethatworkswiththeperspectiveand setitto22px.I’veblurredthisimagequitea bittogiveitthosenicelightstreaks.Wecan maskthingsout;Ididn’tdoithere,buttryit ifyoulike. Remembertoletthephotosandpaint worktogether.Paintawaynastyphoto artifactsandpaintinyourowndetails.By contrast,usephotostogetthathighlevelof detailthatwouldtakeagestopaint.It’snot somuchaboutonetechnique;it’sabout gettinganideaacrossquicklyandhavingit lookgoodtoo. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 124 The Photoshop CC Book124 The Photoshop CC Book Digitalart 124 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designagraphicprintposter The Photoshop CC Book 125 Perfectposters BringquotestolifebyillustratingtheminPhotoshop G raphic print posters are great to adorn your walls at home or at work – and if you’re making your own, then you can get the exact quote or saying that you want. The great thing about them is that you don’t even need to be able to create labour-intensive detailed artwork to make them look good. Some simple typography and icons work just fine. It’s impossible to talk about bold, printed, type-orientated posters without acknowledging the primary influence – Modernism. This movement really kick-started the big, bold, brash design aesthetic, with propaganda posters and advertisers using graphic designs based around one simple concept or message. Straight lines, limited colour palettes and bold type helped make the messages stand out for both political and commercial agendas. In particular, it’s hard to see a screen- printed black-and-red poster and not think about the posters from the Soviet Union. Designagraphic printposter Learntoplaywithfontstomakeyourowninspirational posterfromyourfavouritequoteorsaying Establishmargins 02Makemarginsaroundthepage,so youhavesomethingtosnapto. DrawonemarginwiththeMarqueetool(M), fillwithwhite,thencopyandpasteit, transformingforthetopandbottom. Userawtype 03Nowmakeatextboxusingthe marginsandputinyourtypewith thelinebreaksintherightplaceaccordingto yourmock-up.Placeablackrectangletoget afeelforthelayout. Sketchanidea 01Pickanideathatyoureallylikeand comeupwitharoughideaoftheway youwanttomaketheposter.It’sidealtouse asketched-outroughideasothatyou’llhave somethingtoreferto. The Photoshop CC Book 125 Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 126 The Photoshop CC Book Drawtheimage 08Theimageusedhereisalsoquite boldandsimple.Youcanaddthis elementwiththeMarqueeandLasso(L) tools,fillinginalayerwithwhite.Getcreative withtheTransformtool(Cmd/Ctrl+T)to makeshapesrelevanttoyourtheme. Realignyourmargins 05Afterworkingonthefontstoget everythingtofittogether,youmay wanttoalterthemargins.Makesureyour imageboxlinesupwithyourtexttokeep everythingcleanandbold. Layeronmoredetails 09UsetheEllipticalMarqueetool(M) tomaketheplanet’srings(andthe spaceship’strail)bycontractingthe selection(Select>Modify>Contract)by10px eachtimeandalternatingbetweenfilling anddeletingthewhite. Bringincolourandtexture 06Remember,thisisascreen-print imitation!Bold,primarycolours andapaperytexturelayer(setthemto Multiply)areessential.Tryoutdifferent combinationstofindtherightblendof tonesthatperfectlysuitsyourpiece. Focusontheeffects 10UsethePenciltool(B)toaddsome detailstothespaceship(inanew layerforred).UseaNon-Contiguous selectionfromapaperytexturetodelete partofthewhitelayer. Separatethecolours 11Onceyou’rehappy,Rasterizethetext (duplicatefirstifyouwanttochangeit). UsetheMagicWandtoselectonecolourat atime,fillinginalayerforeachcolour.Now setallthesetoMultiplyandoffsetthem. Messthingsupalittle 12Finally,addsomeNoise(Filter>Noise> AddNoise)tomakethecolourlook likeinkonpaper.Youcanalsoaddanother papertextureonalayersettotheMultiply blendmodetomakeitlooklikeanoldposter. Customisethefonts 07Youcanmakeyourfontsdifferent withsomecustomization.Here,on thewordTerrifying,wehaveselectedthe pixelsofthetext(Ctrl/right-clickandchoose SelectPixels)andcontractedtheselection, fillingitinwhiteinanewlayer. Edityourtype 04UsingtheCharacterwindow,you canchangetheFont,Leading, Tracking,WidthandHeighttogetthe desiredlook.Youcanusepre-installedfonts orfreeonesfromwww.dafont.com.Spend sometimeonthissteptogetthingsright. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designagraphicprintposter The Photoshop CC Book 127 D epending on what you want to go on the poster, you need to change the colour palette and the design the poster to fit it. There’s so much room to play around with simple bold ideas, it’s no wonder that there are hundreds of re-imagined film posters out there. It’s best to take inspiration directly from the idea, rather than trying to imitate the exact look of another poster that you like. This way, you’ll come up with something new, using a style and method that’s very much in vogue. Once you’ve gasped the basics, it’s easy to apply the skills to different ideas and new designs, you can create great posters of a similar vein to fantastic effect. The ideals behind the posters are simple and can be used to convey a number of different products and slogans. They make great, personalised decorative pieces too, you’d never have to worry about presents again by creating individual posters to print. Here are some other ideas! Alternativeposterdesigns Lightacandle This fairly basic stock photo makes a visually strong poster, as there is a central object to work around. We drew the candle by hand, with a black Pen (P), and used the shape created to make selections to work with in a block of colour on the poster. Again, we offset the colours to give it that print look, and used textures to get the image a vintage poster feel. Lemons This is an old quote that has a strong central image. The large graphic shape of a lemon with text running through is visually striking. Using the right colours and bold visual imagery means that even with a glance at this poster you know what the text says without fully reading it. This is the main aim of a bold graphics poster, as it’s the original intent for the design. UnionFlags Here, a half-tone screen shades parts of the art. Create a grey or gradient fill in the shape that you want the half-tone to be in. Copy it into a new file and make this file into a Bitmap image (Resolution of 300 and a Frequency of around 20). Now copy this into your original file and use a selection of the black to create a Multiply layer of any colour you see fit. RUN Simple, bold, large and to the point. This is probably the most to-the- point inspirational poster. We modified the type using a pen-like shape drawn for the tails of the letters. Do this by copying and pasting the shape on the back-ends of the letters. We used the shapes to make print-style colour blocks, using the methods from the rest of this tutorial. Experimentwithdifferentfontsforanarray ofdifferentstyles WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 128 The Photoshop CC Book START IMAGE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Uselayerstylesforglowingart The Photoshop CC Book 129 Uselayerstylesfor glowingart I n this tutorial, we’ll create some electrifying guitar artwork with some easy light effect techniques using a combination of wildly colourful layer modes and styles. These techniques can easily be applied to other awesome projects or even as a foundation to build upon for your own creative tricks! To create this dazzling light show, we’ll need a few tools and materials to pull it all together – our guitar photo for tracing the outline, the Pen tool for making our guitar’s sleek edges and crisply detailed interior, Transformation tools for bending our elements into action, and few simple brushes to make it come alive. And don’t worry, if you don’t have these tools, we’ve got you covered with some easy workarounds to get you going! Let’s get started and create a new document with sizing dimensions set to preference, with a white background. Learnhowtomakeaneye-catchingphotomanipulationusing severaltoolsandfiltersinPhotoshopCC Getprepped 01Let’spastetheguitarphotointoour newlymadedocument,then positiontheguitarwithRotateorScale usingFreeTransform(Cmd/Ctrl+T).We’ll makeitsemi-transparentbyreducingthe layer’sOpacityby50%. UsePathsforselecting 02UsethePentooltotraceapath aroundtheouteredgeoftheguitar. YoucouldalternativelyusetheQuickMask andselectiontoolsforthis,butthe simplicityofthePentoolcansavetime. Strokethepath 03InPathspanel,taptheLoadPathas Selectioniconandinvertwith Shift+Cmd/Ctrl+I.SwitchovertotheLayers panel,andmakenewlayerwithShift+Cmd/ Ctrl+N.UseEdit>StrokewithWidthsetas 10pxandLocationtickedasOutside. Learnhowtocreatethisimageusingarangeoftools Createelectrifyingart Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 130 The Photoshop CC Book Addguitardetail 04Continueaddingdetailbymakingpathsfor thesmallerelementsoftheguitar.Stroke theseelementsasbeforeonlyonaslightlysmallerpixel setting,around6px.Colorcanbechangedeasilywitha LayerStyle. Bringonthestars 05Fillbackgroundlayerwithblackand useFilter>AddNoise,settingthe slideraround10%.Cmd/Ctrl+TtoScale, enlargingto400%.UseLevels(Cmd/Ctrl+L), adjustingsliderstodiminishthenumber. Thinthemout 06Nowwehavesomenicestars,but weneedtothinthemout.Makea newlayerabovethebackground,andusea softroundAirbrushsetwithlowOpacityin blacktopaintover,creatingdepthand diversity.Cmd/Ctrl+Etomergethislayer. Warpthelineshapes 09UseTransform>Warptobendthe linessothattheycurvealmost appearingtospiral.Don’tworryifitisn’t perfectonthefirsttry,justhitundoandgo foritagainuntilyou’resatisfiedwiththe overalldirection. Addfinalskydetail 07UseCloneStampwithModesetto Screentomakegroupsofstars, thenfollowitupwithasoftAirbrushinblues andpinkstocreateaspaceskyeffect.Add extrastarsbyhand,ifyoulike,byusinga smallbrush. Stringthemalong 10Keepaddingmorelinesandwarping them,stringingtheendsalongsothat itappearsasasingleline.Youcanalsomake additionallinestringsindifferentdirections, butkeepthelayersseparateforeasy adjustmentlater. Createthemusiclines 08Openupanewdocumentand drawfivelonglinesonanewlayer, theendresultresemblinglinesfromsheet music.Pasteintoourmaindocument,then Cmd/Ctrl+TtoRotatethelineacrossthe imageinthedirectionwe’dliketheswirltogo. ReduceOpacity 11ReducelayerOpacityoneachswirling linelayeraccordingtooverlapstructure –meaningthefurthestswirlbackinspace getsthelowestOpacitysettingandthose closesttofrontcanhavealittlehigher. Experttip ThePentoolcanmakequick workoutofcomplicated selections,butifyouare uncomfortableusingitorits notavailableinyourversion, theQuickMaskcanbeused initsplace.However,ifQuick Maskisunavailable,allisn’t lost!Makeanewlayeron top,fillitwithabrightcolour, thenreducelayerOpacity byhalf.Next,pickaSelection tool,selectanarea,and PressDELETE.Restorelayer Opacity,Cmd/CTRL+Click thelayerthumbnail,then SHIFT+Cmd/CTRL+I. NoPentool noproblem WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Uselayerstylesforglowingart The Photoshop CC Book 131 AdjustandFinalize 19PressShift+Cmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+Eto mergealllayerstogether.UseHue/ Saturation(Cmd/Ctrl+U)toenhancecolour andsaturation,thenuseLevels(Cmd/ Ctrl+L)tobalancethingswithcontrast. Removeandfade 12Createamaskforeachswirlingline layer.Paintthemaskinblackalongthe linesthatcrosstheguitarforremoval.Graba softbrushandstrokealongthelinesinthe distancetofadethem.TheErasercanbe usedasamaskingalternative. Addsparkles 15Nowgoaheadandselectasoft,opaqueAirbrush.Begin paintingsparkledotsinvaryingsizesaroundtheguitarand flowingintothelineswirls.Varythesizeofyourbrushasyougousing the[and]shortcutkeysforease.Nowcopyandpastethelayerstyle fromtheelectrifiedguitarbodytothissparklelayer. Furthercolourenhancement 18Ontopofthestackagain,makeatwo newlayers–onewithBlendingMode asOverlayandtheotherasColourDodge. Experimentalittlehere,brushingonmoreof thesaturatedchosencoloursoneachlayer. Electrifytheguitar 13Createanewlayerabovetheguitar outlinewithShift+Cmd/Ctrl+N.Using acustombrushconstructedoftwodots sidebyside,(withAnglesettoPenPressure inShapeDynamics)makerandomsquiggles aroundtheguitarbodyforanelectriceffect. AddGlow 14Tomaketheelectricityreallycome alive,addanOuterGlowtothis electricitylayerwithalayerstyle,settingthe BlendModetoColorDodge.TheSpread andSizeoftheglowcanbeadjustedto howeveryouwouldlike. Makeitmusical 16UsetheCustomShapetooltoincorporatepre-made musicalnotesormakeyourown.Simplyselectthemwiththe Lassotool,thenheadtoTransform>Warp.Nowwarpandbend them,twirlingthemalongthespirallinestomakethemappear almostasiftheywerefloating. Addcontrastingcolours 17Makeanewlayerontopofthestack andsettheBlendingModetoColour. BrushovertheimagewithasoftAirbrushin saturatedtonesofyourchoicetoliven thingsup.Contrastingcolourswillworkreally wellhere. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 132 The Photoshop CC Book A bstractarthasalonghistoryofplacing thesurrealamongtherealandyouwill becapturingsomeoftheessenceof thatheritageinthistutorial. Youwillbeginbyusing3Dmodellingsoftware (weusedCinema4D)togenerateanumberof abstractstocksquicklyandeasily.Thenmoveinto PhotoshopCS6orabove,manipulatingyourstock imagestocreateauniqueandinterestingdesign, whichcanbeplacedintoavividandatmospheric sceneofyourowncreation. Byfollowingthistutorial,youwillhaveusedthe MagicWandtoolasasimplemethodofpreparing stocksformanipulation,usedDodgeandBurnto helpblendthosestocksintoyourscene,become familiarwithLayerMasksandseenthebenefitsof usingGroupsinorganisinglayers.Finally,youwill useseveraloftheAdjustmentLayersavailablein Photoshoptodramaticallytransformtheimage throughchangestocolour,vividnessanddepth. Itcan’tbestressedenoughthatthekeyto creatingimageslikethisisconstant experimentationanditmayprovedifficultto replicatesomeofthestepsinthistutorial.More importanthereisthatyoucreatesomething unique,interestingandverymuchinthespiritof abstractart. Create3D abstractgraphicsLearntobuildatmospherewithtexture,shapesandPhotoshop’sextensive colouradjustmenttools Digitalart WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Create3Dabstractgraphics The Photoshop CC Book 133 Deform,textureandrender 03 SelecttheMagnettoolandchange toPolygonmode.Selectandmove randompointsontheobjectstocreate interestingshapes.Applydeformersto manipulatefurther.Repeatthefirstthree steps,makingarangeofabstractshapes. Createatexturewithavibrantcolourand applytoallobjects.NowrenderseveralPNG imagesinvariouspositions,givingarangeof stockimages. Startin3D 01 StartinCinema4D.Createatext spline(Create>Spline>Text).Goto thetextobjectpropertiesandinthetext boxenteraletter.GotoCreate>NURBS> ExtrudeandintheObjectManager,drag yourTextObjectintotheExtrudeNURBS. SelecttheExtrudeNURBSandpressC, makingiteditable. Createtheabstracts 02 Therearenowthreeobjects:the NURBSandtwoCaps.Withthe Movetool(E),movethetwoCapsaway fromthecentralNURBS.Nowselect Extrude(Mesh>CreateTools>Extrude)and clickone,holdtheleftmousebuttonand move,givingyourobjectsubstance.Repeat ontheothertwoobjects. Pasteintheabstracts 04 NowmovetoPhotoshopand createalargeportraitcanvas. Openupallofthenewlycreatedabstract stocksandforeachone,gototheChannels windowandCmd/Ctrl-clickontheAlpha Channelpreviewwindow.Thiswill automaticallyselecttheabstract,letting youcopyandpasteeachoneintothenew canvas.Closeallofthestockfilesandreturn tothenewcanvas.Selectalloftheabstract layersandputthemintoagroup(Cmd/ Ctrl+G)andrenameit‘Abstract’. Buildyourimage 06 Unhidealloftheabstractstocks againandarrangethemaround thecanvassothattheycanbeusedto createyourbaseimage.Generateasense offlowfromthetopofthecanvastothe bottombyusingthosestockswiththe longestlines.UsingtheTransformtool,you canresize,rotateandflipthemtogenerate thattop-to-bottomshapeandflow.Tryto useTransformasmuchaspossibletoavoid repetitionandobvioususeofthesame images,foramoreinterestingdesign. Fillthebackground 05 Pickoneoftheabstractswiththe mostvibrantcolourandhideallof theothers.Nowcreatealighttodarkcolour gradientthatwillcontrastwellwiththecolour oftheabstracts.Inthisexample,itisarange ofbluehues.Notethatitdoesn’tneedtogo toodark,asyouwillbeusinganumberof adjustmentlayerslater.Createanewlayer, selecttheGradienttool,thenchooseRadial Gradientandfillthebackgroundfroma pointintheupper-rightquartertothe bottomedge. Experttip Whencreatingtheglow,themajority ofworkisjustresizingtheoriginal image.Tomakeitmoreinteresting, createanumberofareasthatstand out.Agreatwaytodothisistouse theSmudgetoolwithasoftround brush,teasingsomeoftheglow’s edgesout. Usethe Smudgetool Starttoaddeffects 08 Hidethegradientbackgroundlayer sothatyouseethechequered patternunderneath,indicating transparency.PressCmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+C andpastetocreateasinglelayerofthework sofar.Ctrl/right-clickontheStocksfolder layerandselectDuplicateGroup.Rename theduplicate‘MainGlow’,maximiseit,hide alllayersandplacethelayerjustcreated insideit.Unhidethegradientbackground. Trimthefat 07 Therewillalwaysbeelementsthat justdon’tseemtofitorsitcontrary totheoverallflow.Thoseneedtobe removed,soaddaLayerMasktoeachstock thatyouwanttoadjust.Thismeansyoucan eraseandexperimentwithoutfearof permanentlyerasingtheoriginals.PressXto quicklyswapforegroundandbackground colours,andpaintontheLayerMaskdirectly toputanythingerasedstraightbackin. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 134 The Photoshop CC Book Easycoloureffects 09 Onceyou’vecreatedaninterestingdesign,youneedtomakethecolourreally standout.Addeasycoloureffectsbytakingthecompressedlayer,changingitto LinearDodgeandadjustingtheHue.Experimentbymovingitaroundthecanvas,seeing howitaffectstheabstractandthebackground. Buildlayersandelements Applystrokeswithyourbrushesandtweak thecomposition HueOpenHue/Saturation andslowlycyclethroughthe huesuntilyoufindonethat complementsabstract andbackground LinearDodgeTakethe compressedlayerand changeittoLinear Dodge.Resizeitsothatit coversboththeabstract andbackground Easycoloureffects 10 Simplyaddingaglowinonelayerhas thedownsideof‘flattening’the depth,butallowsyoutoseewhereitworks best.Begintorestoredepthbyaddinga LayerMaskandremovingtheDodgefrom anywhereitdoesn’tfit.Nowunhidesomeof theotherlayersinMainGlow,settingthem toDodgeandmovingthemintotheStocks group.Byputtingthembetweenand behindtheoriginallayers,youcangetsome ofthatdepthback.Experimentationiskey. DodgeRepeattheDodgeprocess withtheduplicatestocklayers, experimentingwithhuesandbuilding upfurthereffects “Theintentionistore-create someoftheetherealelements ofunderwaterlight” Buildupdepth 11 Nowstartworkonthebackgroundto buildatmosphereanddepth.Opena stockimageofbubblesinadarkliquidand putitinanewgroupcalled‘Background’, whichwillgobelowtheothertwogroups. Resizethestocktocovertheentirecanvas andsettoSoftLightat50%Opacity.Select Filter>Blur>GaussianBlurandsetittoahigh radius.Theintentionistolosethedetailbut takeadvantageofthecontrast,tore-create someoftheetherealelementsof underwaterlight. Addtoforegroundtexture 12 Openfurtherbubblestockimages andplacethemintheBackground group.Repeattheprocessintheprevious stepusingvaryinglevelsofbluranduse themtoframethefocalabstract.Nowopen abubblestockwithagoodamountof high-contrastdetailandplaceitaboveall yourothergroups.Resizeittoensurethatit coverstheentirecanvasandchangethe layermodetoColorDodge.Thehighlightsin thestockwillbringoutbackgrounddetail andcreatepointsofforegroundinterest. Unexpectedelements 13 Someofthebestexamplesof abstractscontainanunexpected elementofreality.Theimagecreatedhere hasastrongunderwateratmosphere,so addsomerealfish.Openthestockimage (www.sxc.hu/photo/823028).Asithasa clearbackground,youcanquicklyremove thefishfromitssurroundings.Selectthe MagicWandandclickthebackground. IncreaseFeatherorSmoothbysmall incrementstorefinetheselection,being carefulnottolosetoomuchofthestock. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Create3Dabstractgraphics The Photoshop CC Book 135 Finishingtouches Addmorestock,adjustcolourandapplyfilters Morefish 14 UseTransformtoresizeandposition thefishtotheleftoftheabstract, facingintothemiddle.Opentheothertwo fishstockimages(www.sxc.hu/photo/ 893415andwww.sxc.hu/photo/573350) andextractthemfromtheirbackgrounds. Transformthemsothattheyarefacingin fromtherightsideofthecanvas.Now lightlyuseDodgeandBurntohelpthemfit inwiththescene.ApplyagentleGaussian Blurtooneofthefishtosimulateadegree ofdepth. AddbubblestockI 15 Openabubblestock,pasteitinto thecanvasandchangethecolour modetoLighten.Testthestockinvarious positionsaroundtheabstract,bothabove andbelowtheoriginallayers,makingthe bubblesfitwiththeflowandshapesalready created.Again,besuretousetheTransform tooltorotate,scaleandWarpthestock, ensuringthatthereisnoobviousrepetition. Onlypicktwoorthreeareastoaddbubbles to,sothattheeffectisn’toverused Experttip It’seasytobecometoofamiliarwithan image,meaningyoucan’tseetheweaker elementsthatcouldbeeasilyfixed.One waytolookatthepiecedifferentlyisto desaturateittoblackandwhiteandseeif youstillhavethesamehigh-contrastfocals you’reaimingfor. Desaturate forvision AddbubblestockII 16 Thebubblestockusedinthe exampledoesn’thavealotof definitionontheLightenlayermode,soyou canpaintstraightontothelayertomakethe bubblesstandout.SelecttheBrushtool andchangetoasmallbrushof3-6pxand Hardnessof0.Usingsmallstrokes,painton topofthestockbubblestohelpdefine them.Usingthissmallwhitebrush,youcan alsopaintsomesmallerbubblesaroundthe abstracttoaddtothefinedetails. Experttip Workinginlargerimagesizesthanever beforequicklyleadstosystemsbeing pushedtotheirlimits.Soflatteningyour imagesisincreasinglynecessary,and it’sinevitablethaterrorssneakthrough. Atthispoint,Photoshop’sarrayofclone andretouchingtoolswillhelp.Forsmall retouches,theCloneStampisideal.For largerareas,thePatchtoolcanbeused. Selectthetool,changingthePatchoption toContent-Aware.Definetheareatobe corrected,click,andwhileholdingthe button,movearounduntilyoufindamatch fortheareatobefixed.Photoshopwill automaticallyblendthepatchin. Content-aware patching Colouradjustments 17 AddaLevelsAdjustmentlayer, changingthedrop-downfromRGB toGreen.Dragthelefttabto60,removinga lotofgreenfromthebackground.Repeat withRed.AddanotherLevelslayer,adjusting themiddletabforRedandGreento0.78, andonanotherone,increasethemiddle Bluetabto0.71andreducetherightto243. Thepinkneedstoblendmorewiththeblue, soaddafinalLevelsAdjustmentlayer, settingtheRedleftto19andmiddleto0.89. Tidyingup 18 PressCmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+Atoselect thewholecanvas,thencopyand pastetoquicklymakeasinglelayerversion oftheimage.Duplicatethelayerandapplya SmartSharpenfilter.ApplyaLayerMask andremoveanyareasthatappearover- sharpened.Copyandpastethewhole imageoncemore.Lastly,selecttheBurn toolwithaverylargeroundbrush(Hardness 0)andburnthebottomedgesofthe canvasina‘V’shape. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 136 The Photoshop CC Book START IMAGES WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintingwithfire The Photoshop CC Book 137 W ith a little bit of technique and creativity, we’ll be creating a blazing horse masterpiece! Starting off with basic line drawing and smudging it through, we’ll be using the Cloud filter and a good amount of fire stock images (courtesy of Matt Lowden from hutzon.deviantart.com) to help build up the scene. Then, to bring the whole image together, we’ll be using layer masks, the Gaussian Blur filter and adjustment layers. We’ll also harness the power of layer blend modes to light up the scene. Once this tutorial is complete, you’ll be confident enough to create other light effects imaginable. Remember: experimentation is the key! PaintingwithfireSetyourworkablazewithjustamere handfuloftoolsandstockimages! Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this Setupthebackground 01Createanewdocumentwithwidth 2,776px,height3,543px,300dpi.Fill thebackgroundwithblack.Addanewlayer, clicktheGradienttool(G),selectRadial Gradient.Inthegradienteditor,changethe whitecolourflagtoanorange(#e05d09) andhitOK.Clickanddragfromthepage centretowardstheborderandrelease. Thensetthelayer’sFillvalueto25%. Smudgethelinework 02View>FitonScreen(Cmd/Ctrl+0) thenFile>Place‘Linework.psd’and rasterise.SetSmudgetooltobrushsize 25px,Hardness90%,Strength60%and smudgelinesforsubtlewisps.Forlonger wisps,setStrengthto75%withasmallbrush. Createtheglowingeye 03Onanewlayer,usetheElliptical Marqueetool(M)tomakeasmall selection,fillwithaRadialGradient(G),set thelayerblendmodetoColorDodgethen squashandrotateforaneyeshape.Head toAdjustments>Levels(L),setMidtone InputLevelto1.28andHighlightInputLevel to222. Maskthefilterlayer 05WiththeCloudlayerselected,add alayermaskandfillwithblack. Beforeyoupaint,setthelayerblendmode toColorDodge.Usingavariable-sizedsoft orhardbrush,paintalongthelinework, mostlygoinginsidethehoovesandlegs. Reusethefilterlayer 06Tostrengthentheeffect,duplicate theCloudlayerandaddittoa group(Cmd/Ctrl+G).Thenaddalayermask forthegroupitself,fillitupwithblackcolour andthenusingasoftbrushandawhite colour,paintaroundthehorse’shooves. DifferenceCloudsfilter 04Createanewlayer,fillitupwitha blackcolourusingthePaintBucket toolorAlt+Backspace.Thenheadoverto Filter>Render>DifferenceClouds. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Digitalart 138 The Photoshop CC Book Experttip Photoshop’ssimpleyet powerfulSmudgetoolcan alsobeusedtocreatethe flamesitself.Withabrushof yourchoice,justuseagrey colourandpaintasmallpatch, setthelayerblendmodeto ColorDodge.Useanybrush typeandexperimentwith thesmudgestrengthfor interestingresults.Forlonger extensionsusearangeof70- 90%.Forshorterones,arange of40-65%isgood. TheSmudge toolwonder Addadjustmentlayers 07Open‘Adjustment_layers.psd’and dragtwolayersintothedocument, ontopoftheCloudfilterlayers.Playing aroundwiththeadjustmentlayerselevates thelookandfeeloftheartwork.Changing thelayerorderwillalsogivedifferentresults. Builduptheflames 11Open‘Fire3.jpg’intothedocument.UsingFreeTransform (Cmd/Ctrl+T)scaleto20%,Cmd/right-clickandselectRotate 90°CCWthenFlipVertical.Slightlyrotateright.Positionclosetothe earsandsetblendmodetoLinearDodge(Add). Injectmorefire 08Open‘Fire1.jpg’anddragintothemain document.UsingFreeTransform(Cmd/Ctrl+T) scaleitto50%,hitEnter.GotoImage>Adjustments> Hue/SaturationandchangeHueto11.Setthelayerblend modetoLinearDodge. Breatheinextraheat 12Openanddrag‘Fire4.jpg’intothedocument,scaleto10% andpositionnearthenose.Setthelayerblendmodeto LinearDodge(Add).UsetheBurntool(O)withExposuresetto75% andRangetoMidtones;burntheimagetoeliminateborders.Set Hueto11andSaturationto-25. Tweaktheflames 09WiththeFire1layerstillselected,rotateitabitusingFree Transform(Cmd/Ctrl+T).Moveitnearthetopofthehorse’s neckbutdon’thitEnteryet;instead,Cmd/right-clickandselectWarp. Pushandpullthehandlesandcontrolpointstostylisethefire.Hit Entertoapply. Addandmodifyextrafiles 10Open‘Fire2.jpg’dragitintothemaindocumentand repeatthesameprocessofscaling,rotating,modifying thehueandusingtheblendmodeLinearDodge(Add).Warpthe imageandmoveitfurtherdowntheneckareaandtweakiteven moreifdesired. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintingwithfire The Photoshop CC Book 139 Experttip Foramorefluid,nondestructiveapproach, theLiquify(Shift+Cmd/Ctrl+X)filterworks justaswellasopposedtotheWarpoption andtheSmudgetooltoo.Thenagain,itall dependsonwhatyou’recomfortablewith andhowwellyoucanharnessthepower ofthesetools.Experimentwiththebrush Size,DensityandPressureforafluidpush andpull. Liquifyit! Bluritout 18Selecttheentiredocument(Cmd/ Ctrl+A)headovertoEdit>Copy Merged(Shift+Cmd/Ctrl+C)>Paste(Cmd/ Ctrl+V).Then,gotoFilter>Blur>Gaussian Blurandthensetvalueto65px. Createtheflamingtail 13Open‘Fire5.jpg’,dragitintothemain document,repeatscalingand rotating.SetHueto11anduseLinearDodge (Add)blendmode.Positionnearthehorse’s rear.Addalayermask,useablacksemi-soft brushtopaintoutunwantedareas. Completetheeffect 19Finally,withtheBlurlayerstillselected, settheblendmodetoScreenand reduceFillvalueto50%. Addextrafeatures 14Openanddrag‘Fire6.jpg’intothe document.Scaleasrequired. Duplicateandpositionnearthehoovesand mouth.Withasmallhardbrush,usethe Smudgetooltofixandextendcertainareas. MakesuretouseLinearDodge(Add)blend modefortheduplicatedlayers. Createglowobjects 15Onanewlayer,makeasmallelliptical selection.FillwithaRadialGradient andduplicate.Placenearthehoovesthen squashandrotate(Cmd/Ctrl+T).Duplicate oncemoreandpositionontheneck.Extend downtheneckwiththeSmudgetoolat60%. Settheblendmode 16 Next,addalltheGlowlayersintoa group(Ctrl+G).Settheblendmode forthegrouptoColorDodge. Createglowparticles 17Onnewlayer,makeaverysmall ellipticalselection,fillwithRadial Gradient,deselect.WiththeMovetool(V) andAltkey,repeatedlyclone-dragthe objectaroundthehorse.Mergelayersand setblendmodetoColorDodge. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • 140 Creativeprojects PAGE192 PAGE152 Addflaretoyourprojectswiththesegreattechniques 140 The Photoshop CC Book PAGE146PAGE156 Composed textured portraits Use mosaic effects on images 142 Paint a fantasy snowscape Create a matte painted scene 146 Master layer masks Use an assortment of photos to create a new abstract scene 152 Perfect expert compositing Create fashion-based compositions 156 Create fantasy compositions Perfect the Custom Shape tool 162 Design for the web Combine photos and typography for a dynamic layout 166 Turn day into night Change the time of day with realistic light effects 170 Use dynamic layer effects Create striking images with stacked adjustment layers 174 Master matte painting techniques Use photo references for to create beautiful matte artwork 180 Use liquid paint effects Create energy using layer masks 186 Manipulate pro layer techniques Create fun layered composites 192 Perfect blending Combine multiple assets 196 Master the Pen tool Make art with geometric shapes 202 PAGE 174 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • The Photoshop CC Book 141 PAGE180 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 142 The Photoshop CC Book S tartingwithonlyafewphotos,wecan comeupwithalively,texturedpieceofart byutilisingPhotoshop’sfiltersandtools. Usingadandelionasabackdrop,we’llfirst introduceamodelphotoandthengobonkers withafull-onfilterbarrage.TheTexturefilterswill enableustointroduceroughnessanddepth withouttheneedtoimportactualtexturephotos. Blendmodesandlayermaskswillbeourtrusted partnersthroughouttheprocess,andwe’lluse themtomixeachfilteredreinventionofthe originalphotoswiththeevolvingcomposite. You’llseetheincrediblevalueofmerginglayers togetherasaflattenedstamp,inordertoapply overallsharpeningandtofillinsomedecorative circlesasafinaltouch.Aftercompletingthe tutorial,youmaywanttotryitagainwithyour ownphotos–justusethestepsandfiltervaluesas aroughguide,andcheckoutthealternate imagewecameupwithforfurtherideas. Experimentwithothereffectsandfilters. Youronlyobligationistostickwiththe‘two photo’restriction. WithPhotoshop’stoolsasyourfaithfulallies you’reboundtosurpriseyourselfwithwhatyou canachieve.Solet’stakealookathowtocreate thisstunningvisual. Composetextured portraits Hereweshowyouhowtocreateafun,colourfulimageusingonlytwo photosandahostoffilters,blendmodesandmasks Creativeprojects WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Composetexturedportraits The Photoshop CC Book 143 Facialrestoration 03 DuplicatetheModellayerviaCmd/ Ctrl+J.Dragthelayer’sSmartFilter totheTrash.Fillthemaskwithblacktohide everything,switchyourForegroundtowhite, thenpainttorevealtheunalteredface. Dandeliondrop 01 Openthesupplied‘Dandelion.jpg’. Tovaryourcolours,let’spunchouta transparenthole.Addalayermaskviathe Layerspaletteicon.Useasoft,roundbrush at80%Opacitytopaintoutovertotheright. MosaicTilesfilter 02 File>Placethesupplied‘Model.jpg’. GotoFilter>Texture>MosaicTiles. SetTileSize:52,GroutWidth:7andLighten Grout:7.Addalayermask,paintalittleblack inthebottomrightandsettoVividLight. Eeriecolours 04 IntheLayerspalette,hittheCreate NewFill/AdjustmentLayerbutton andchooseSolidColor.Input#c4ac81,set theblendmodetoDifferenceandOpacity to90%.It’saninterestingeffect,butthe imageisnowataddismal.We’llcorrectit. Restorelightercolour 06 Opt/Alt-clickanddragtheModel layerabovetheLevelsadjustment layer.NowCtrl/right-clickonitsmaskand chooseDeleteLayerMask.Settheblend modetoLighterColor. Abitofcool 07 DuplicatethelayeragainwithCmd/Ctrl+J.Settheblend modetoHuetoaddsomecoolcolouring.Addalayermask, switchtheForegroundcolourtoblack,thenpaintoutareas surroundingthemodel. Lightenup 05 AddaLevelsadjustmentlayerusing thesamebuttonintheLayers palette.DragtheMidtoneandHighlight sliderstothelefttobrightentheimage. Noticewestillneedtorestoretheskintone andlightencoloursfromtheoriginalphoto. Experttip UsetheFilterGallery (Filter>FilterGallery) asalaboratoryfor testingandcreating filterrecipes.The middlepaneshows thefiltersyoucan try.Simplyselectone andthepreviewpane ontheleftwillreflect yourchoice.Theright paneiscontext- sensitive,showingthe optionsandsettings forthecurrentfilter. Atthebottom-right, youcanstackmultiple filtersforpotentially mind-blowingresults. Makeuseofthe FilterGallery WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 144 The Photoshop CC Book StainedGlassfilter 08 Duplicatethelayeroncemore thensetitsblendmodetoColor BurnandOpacityto80%.Goto Filter>Texture>StainedGlass.SetCellSize: 19,BorderThickness:4andLightIntensity:3. ClickOKandpaintblackontoanewmaskat thetop,reducingtheimpactinareas. Evenmoreburn 09 Duplicatethelayer,bumpthe Opacitybackupto100%andthen fillthemaskwithblack.Afterthat,setyour Foregroundcolourtowhiteandthenlightly paintsomeofthecentralareabackinto theimage. Mergelayers 10 PressCmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+Shift+Eto createamergedcopy,thenCtrl/ right-clickandchooseConverttoSmart Object.GotoFilter>Texture>StainedGlass. SetCellSize:19,BorderThickness:4and LightIntensity:3,thensetittoHardLight. Duplicateandblend 11 DuplicatethelayeranddragtheSmart FiltertotheTrash.Settheblendmode toMultiplyandlayerOpacityto50%.Now paintwithblackontothemasktoreduce someofthedarkenedareas. Lookingsharp! 12 Mergeyourlayersagainandconvert toaSmartObject.NowapplyFilter> Sharpen>UnsharpMask.SettheAmountto 80%andtheRadiusto5.5px.ClickOKand, withablackbrush,paintoveranyareasthat youdon’twantsharpened. Circlingshapes 15 MergeandconverttoaSmartObject, thenticktheeyeicontohidethelayer. Onanewlayer,usetheEllipsetool(setto ShapeintheOptionsbar)tocreateacircle, holdingShiftasyoudrag.AddaslightDrop ShadowviaLayer>LayerStyle. Addanillustrativetouch 13 Mergeyourlayersandconverttoa SmartObjectagain.Thistime,head overtoFilter>Stylize>FindEdges.Nowadda layermask,fillitwithblack,thenpaintover someoftheareaswithwhiteat80-100% Opacityinordertoaddsomeillustrativeflair toyourgrowingmosaicartwork. Vibrancecontrol 14 PickVibrancefromtheAdjustment layerlistintheLayerspalette.Drop Vibranceto-50.Paintblackinthemaskto restoresomecolour.AddanotherVibrance adjustment,thistimewithVibrance:30and Saturation:20,thentweakwiththemask. Experttip Whenisita goodtimeto useaSmart Object?Any time!Keeping alayer‘smart’ givesyouthe flexibilityof beingable toresizethe layerwithoutthefearoflosinganyofthe originalclarity.Also,anyfiltersapplied toaSmartObjectbecomeSmartFilters. Thesearenon-destructiveanddonot permanentlyaffectthelayers.Editthese anytimebydouble-clickingonthem,and usetheSmartObject’smasktohideparts oftheeffect. Smartediting WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Composetexturedportraits The Photoshop CC Book 145 Zoomeffect 16 Turnthevisibilitybackonforthe mergedlayer.Opt/Alt-clickbetween thecircleandmergedlayerstoclipthem. UseFreeTransform(Cmd/Ctrl+T)toscale andpositionthemergedlayer.Enlargeand zoominonaninterestingareaoftheeffect. Three’scompany 17 Nowcreatetwomorecirclesof differingsizes.ApplyDropShadows. Duplicatethemergedlayertwice,then positionandclipwiththeothertwocircles. FreeTransformthemergedlayerstoscale androtate,oreventrywarpingthem. Levelstofinish 18 We’llfinalisewithaLevelsadjustment. Usethesliderstofine-tunecontrast, thenpaintblackontheadjustment’smask overareasthatdon’tbenefitfromthe adjustment.Youcanevenaddanother Levelsadjustmentforextratonalcontrol. Vary shapes and colour settings for a more subtle result Thistutorialisjustoneof manypossibilities.Everystep canbemodified,replacedor discarded–it’salluptoyou! Herewe’veusedthesame modelandtriedalighter approach.TheMosaicTilesand StainedGlassfilterswereused, butwithdifferentsettings.As acounterpointtotheinverted triangle(formedbythemodel’s arms),we’vecreatedsome upward-pointingtriangles,with afewfacingdownforvariation. Goaheadandusethesame photo(oryourown)tocreatea newoutcome.UsetheTexture filtersortrysomefromother categories,suchasArtistic andStylize.Whenit’stimeto blendlayers,cyclethroughthe variousblendmodes(Shiftand +/-)untilyougettherightmix. AlternativeeffectEndlessvariation RetroshapesVarythe shapesforadifferent effectandcopy/paste yourmainimagefora ‘magnifyingglass’result KeepitthemedReplicate shapestocontinuethe themethroughoutanduse similarly-tonedcoloursto highlightthem ExperimentBymeansof trialanderror,youcanedit thesettingsattheMosaic Tilesstagetoachievea lighteroutcome WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 146 The Photoshop CC Book Creativeprojects 146 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintafantasysnowscape The Photoshop CC Book 147 Paintafantasy snowscape Create adigitalmattepaintingofafrozenbayina strikingfantasy environment L et us transport you to the furthest, coldest places with this fantastic matte painting tutorial, which shows you how to create a digital illustration of a frozen bay in a surreal landscape. Manipulate images over a base render to build up your scene using painting techniques, and then use a graphics tablet to paint in the detail on the ice. You will use masks and adjustment layers extensively to blend the different images and achieve photoreal, dramatic results. Different elements will create a foreground presence, which you can then use as a composition tool to build up and add to the base image. You will also learn to detail your piece and refine your painted sections to minute detail. We recommend that you watch the video on the free disc beforehand to catch the action and details as they happen and get a better understanding of what is being done, to clear out any doubts you might have before starting. On the disc you’ll also find stock images, brushes and the original PSD file. You need a strong knowledge of Photoshop in order to complete this tutorial to the standard seen here, but don’t be afraid to try out the techniques whatever your level. Paintafantasysnowscape The Photoshop CC Book 147 Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 148 The Photoshop CC Book Blendingmodes 04 Theuseofblendingmodes,in thiscasetheOverlaymode, allowsyoutopaintinsimplelayer highlightsorshadowsasneeded,taking youonestepfurthertomergingthe differentpieceswiththebaseplate. Simplysamplecolourfromthehighlights intheplateandapplythemwhere needed,toincreasethebrightnessofa surfaceandmakethelightdirection moreapparentintheselectedregion. Thisisalsoanon-destructiveprocess thatcanbefine-tunedorreducedin opacityasneeded. Builduptheforeground 01 Thefirststageistofindalltheimagesneededforthescene,butwe’vealreadytakencare ofthisforyoubysupplyingthemonthedisc.TheseincludethemountainJPEGsand‘bay. jpg’.Yourjobistoextractthesectionsyouneedandstartplacingthemroughlyonthebase imageprovidedtofindagoodcomposition.Makesurethatthedifferentsectionsareplacedina realisticmannerandyoudon’thaveweirdmountainsidesgoingnowhere,orinapositionthat doesn’tagreewiththeoverallilluminationofthescene. LayerMasks 03 Abrillianttoolatyourdisposal istheuseoflayermasksto quicklycutoutsectionsandmakethem sitontheimage,togiveyouasenseof thelookandcompositionquickly. However,asthesemasksarenon- destructive,youcaneditandrefine themasmuchasyouneedwithout worryingabouthavingtogobackand extractthesameimageagain,orabout littlemistakesintheextractionprocess. Instead,becreativeandusethemasks withoutfearofmessinganythingup. Adjustmentandblending 02 Averyimportantstepthatyou needtostartdoingrightawayis toblendtheimagestotheenvironment, boththroughcolourandshading.This allowsyoutogetagoodfeelofhowthe differentsectionsaresittingonyour imageandwhichareascoulddowith fillingin.Thisalsohelpstoavoidany distractinginconsistencies.Onceyou haveadjustedeachsectionatleast roughlytotheplate,it’smucheasiertogo aheadandfindagoodcompositionand keepthecreativityflowing. Baseimageto render Progress1:Extractimages Progress2:Screenthelights Progress3:Createreflections WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintafantasysnowscape The Photoshop CC Book 149 Extendthetown 07Nowyouwanttoextendthetownbeyondwhatyouhavealreadyplaced,so dothiswiththehelpoftheClonetoolandasmallbrush.Youcanalsousethe Clonetooltochooseinteresting,variedsectionsofthelightsandeliminatethosethat arenotveryinteresting;justbesuretosetyourClonetooltoCurrentLayerinthetop settingsbar.Thencloneallaroundthebaytoextendthetownoutfromthemainarea andintothesurroundingland. Lightlevels 08 Youshouldnowhaveyourcity dispersedaroundtheedgesofthe bay.Atthispointyoucanadjustthelight levelsofthetownbyusingaLevelslayer clippedtothemainlights.AdjusttheLevels toincreasethecontrastandbringoutthe highlights,yetatthesametimeincreasethe blacks.AsyouhavethislayerinScreen mode,itmeansthattheblacksarehidden evenfurtherandthebrightlightsget boostedevenmore,consistentlygivinga betterlookforyourtown. Screenandmask 06Setthelayermodeforyourlights toScreensothatalltheblackis quicklydiscarded,andthencreate anotherlayermasktogetridofwhatyou don’tneed,effectivelyplacingyourlights acrossthebay.Makesurethereareno lightswhereitwouldseemunlikelyfora structuretobebuilt,suchasonsteep hillsides.Maskawayuntilyouhaveallthe lightfollowingthecoastandplacedonthe landforthebaseofyourtown. Townlights 05 Onceyouhavethebaseofyourlandscapelaidout,youwillnowuseanimageofa nightcityscenetoquicklybuilduptheappearanceofatownonyourbay.Copythe image‘night_town.jpg’fromthediscintoyourPhotoshopdocumentandthenscaleitdown. Youwillneedtorotateitabitsothatitmatchestheangleofthesurfacebelow.Alsomake surethatthesizeofthetowncorrespondstotheimage’sperspective. Anon-destructiveworkflowallowsyoutocreateyourartworkfreelywithouthavingtoworryif thenextstepwillbeaproblemfurtherdowntheline.Italsomeansthatyoucandecidelaterifyou needtoadjustorreadjustanyaspectofyourimage,ratherthanhavingtomakedecisionsonthe spot.Withnon-destructiveediting,creativityandexperimentationarealwayswelcome. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 150 The Photoshop CC Book Icebase 10Youcannowstartpaintingthebase fortheicecoveringthebay.Createa newlayerandsamplealightblue-white fromtheimage‘snow.jpg’onthedisc,then startpaintinginthebasestructureforwhat youenvisiontobetheicecoveringthebay, paintinginthesmallersectionsthatbreak offastheicesitsfurtherintothewater. Thereisnoneedtoworryaboutthesmall detailsjustyet. Lighthue 09 Tofine-tunethecity’slightsevenfurther,youcannowapplyyetanother adjustmentlayer.ThistimegowiththeHue/Saturationadjustment,andreducethe Saturationslightlytogetridoftheorangeandredexcess.Youcanthenuseasmallamount ofbluetinttomakethelightsappearsomewhatcolderinordertomatchtherestofyour scene,yetonceagainkeepingcontrolofthenon-destructiveworkflow.Thismeansthatyou cangobackandadjustthelightsatanytime. AddTexture 12 Usetheiceimageonthediscto addextratexturetothefrozen bay.Copy‘ice.jpg’ontoanewlayerand scaleanddistortitintoplaceand perspectiveovertheice.Youcan duplicateorcloneitseveraltimesto covertheentirebay,anduseadirtier texturefortheshadedareas.Thenjust clipitovertheicelayerandreducethe Opacitytoabout68%.Afterthatyoucan spendabitoftimerefiningalloftheother layermasksandmakingsuretheedges areclean. Increasedicedetail 11Onceyouhavethebase,youcangoinwithanincreasinglysmallerbrushtostartadding detail,gettingridofalltheobviouspaintstrokes,refiningtheshapesandmakingthem moresolidasyougo.Youcanalsostartsamplingdarkershadestoaddshadowovertheice, takingintoconsiderationwherethelightiscomingfrom.Addanotherlevelofdetailtotheice surfacebyrefiningwhatthebasehasprovidedforyou,eliminatingtheroughstrokesor followingthemifneeded. Solidcolourlayersindifferentoverlaymodes areagreatwaytoadddramaandcontrast toascene,givingyouthefreedomtomask andreducetheopacityasneeded,andeven combinethemtogetinterestingresults. Don’thesitatetoexperimentwiththem. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Paintafantasysnowscape The Photoshop CC Book 151 Mountainhighlightandboat 13 Youwillnowusethetechniqueyou usedearliertopaintsomehighlights ontothebackgroundmountain.Makesure theyareinkeepingwiththedirectionofthe scene’slightsourceanddothemonalayer inOverlaymode.Thenextracttheimageof theboatfrom‘boat.jpg’toaddabitofaction tothemiddleofthebay,andagainusea coupleofadjustmentlayerstoshadeitand adjustthetonetomatchtheimage. Finallook 15 Tofinishthemattepaintingoff,addseveralcolourandtoninglayersontoptoadd moredramaintoyourimage.Coolofftheshadowsandincreasethewarmthfromthe sunsoyouhaveanicecontrastofcoloursandshadestoframeyourscene.Oneachlayer, useasoftbrushandmaskssotheeffectisappliedonlywhereyouneedit.Besuretotakea lookatyourPSDfileandstudyeachlayersetting. Mountainreflection 14Younowneedtoduplicateallthelayersforthebackgroundmountainsandthen flattenthoselayerstousethemasareflectioninthewater.Onceyouhavedonethis, flipitupsidedownandplaceitasamirrorimagebelowthemountainrange;thenwhenitisin position,onceagainuseamasktogetridofeverythingthatisnotoverthewater.Reducethe opacityofthelayer,andadjusttheColorBalancesoithasacolderhue. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects S urrealism is a place where reality and dreams converge. The individual elements of a surrealistic piece can be mundane, but the combinations they form are often unreasonable, forming scenes that evoke wonder, laughter and sometimes even shudders. Here we’ll combine photos and effects in order to create a surrealistic scenario, then control tone and colour to meld everything perfectly. We’ll clip an ocean scene inside an ornate picture frame, then hang it underneath a motorway overpass. We’ll form an out-of-bounds effects by having the framed scene literally spill into our world. We’ll steal water from waterfall photos with the help of the underused Blend If sliders, then add a few birds courtesy of Sias van Schalkwyk. The Unsharp Mask filter will bring out exaggerated detail, and the Color Lookup adjustment will be used to achieve a deliciously bleak look. MasterlayermasksUsing an assortment of photos and an array of clever techniques create a scene with one world spilling into another Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this Framethehorizon 01 Open‘Frame.psd’,thenFile>Place ‘Horizon.jpg’.Opt/Alt-clickbetween theHorizonandMasklayerstoclip.Addan InnerShadowtotheMasklayer(viatheLayers palette’sLayerStylebutton)at75%Opacity; moderatelyincreaseDistanceandSize. Placetheframe 02 Open‘Surreal.psd’.GotoFile>Place, andchoose‘Frame.psd’.Before confirming,scaletheframedownand rotateslightly.AddaDropShadowat50% Opacity,withincreasedDistanceandSize. Hangit 03 SettheForegroundcolourtowhite. UsetheRectangletoolsettoShape tocreatethewire.AddaBevelandEmboss layerstyle.Nowcreateanewlayer.Opt/ Alt-clickbetweenthelayerstoclipthem, thensetyourForegroundtoblack.Shade withasoftroundbrushat30%Opacity. Leakage 04 NowsettheForegroundbacktowhiteand thengrabtheLassotool(L).Createsome drippingselections,thenfillwithwhite.ApplyaBevel andEmbosslayerstyleusingtheInnerBevel.Drop theShadowOpacityto25%. Translucenteffect 05 DroptheLayer’sFillto40%.This onlyaffectshowopaquethelayer fillis,leavinganylayereffectsintactand givingusatranslucentlookwiththe unaffectedBevelandEmboss. Experttip Sometimes,thehardest partofacompositionis defeatingtheblank,white page(orscreen)andcoming upwithaconcept.Thenext timeyou’reinthemiddle ofacreativedrought,try somethingwildandsurreal! Gathersomephotosfrom yourcamera,harddrive,and/ orfreestocksites.Concocta crazysituationandselectthe imagestobesttellthatstory, orpickseveralphotosat randomandthenmergethem together.Theonlyruleisto havefunandgetPhotoshop practicewhileyou’reatit! Wild ideas 152 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Masterlayermasks The Photoshop CC Book 153 STARTIMAGES WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 154 The Photoshop CC Book Blur 13 Place‘Blur.jpg’.Settheblendmode toColorBurn.Opt/Alt-clickthe LayerMaskiconintheLayerspaletteto createamaskfilledwithblack.Paintback inwithwhiteat80%Opacitytoaddareas todarken. LinearBurn 14 ClicktheCreateNewFill/Adjustment LayerbuttonintheLayersPalette andchooseSolidColor.Pick#e7ec65.Set theblendmodetoLinearBurn.Nowfillthe maskwithblack,thenpaintbackinwith whiteat40%Opacitytoaddthecolour. Escapingeagle 12 Ctrl/right-clickontheEaglelayerand chooseConverttoSmartObject.Go toFilter>Blur>MotionBlur.Setto65Pixels anddialAngleaccordingly.IntheSmart Objectmask,paintsomeblackat80%to restoresomeoftheeagle. Waterthief 06 Nowwe’llstealwaterfroma waterfallscene.File>Place ‘Waterfall1.jpg’andsituateitsothatitlooksto begushingfromtheframe’sscene.From theLayerStylemenu,pickBlendingOptions. You’llseetheBlendIfslidersatthebottom. Extractbird 09 Open‘Bird.jpg’.UsetheMagic WandorQuickSelectiontool(W) toselecttheareassurroundingthebird.Hit Cmd/Ctrl+Shift+Itoinverttheselection.Now clickanddragfromwithintheselectioninto themaincomposition.Positionintheframe. BlendIfslider 07 Dragthedarksliderinwardtomake thedarkestpartsofthelayer hidden.Opt/Alt-clickandthendragthe slidertobreakitapartintotwo,creatinga smoothertransition.Fine-tunebyadjusting bothhalves,thenclickOKtoapply. Fastbird 10 Ctrl/right-clickontheBirdlayerand chooseConverttoSmartObject. GotoFilter>Blur>MotionBlur.Setto30 pixels,andalignAnglewiththebird’s trajectory.IntheSmartObjectmask,paint someblackat13%torestoreabitofthebird. Gushingoverflow 08 Dosteps6and7for‘Waterfall2.jpg’. DuplicatewithCmd/Ctrl+Jandgo toFilter>Blur>MotionBlur;useaDistanceof 60-70anddialAngletoalignwiththeaction. Combineandduplicateafewtimes,painting withwhitetoblendandmaskingasneeded. Extracteagle 11 Opentheeagleimageandextractitas youdidinstep9.Bringitintothemain compositionandpositionitasifit’sbursting freefromtheconfinesoftheframe.Create alayerbelowitanduseasoftroundbrushat 15%Opacitytoaddshading. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Masterlayermasks The Photoshop CC Book 155 ColorBurn 16 HitthatsamebuttonintheLayers PaletteoncemoreandchooseSolid Color.Pick#f7bd81.Settheblendmodeto ColorBurnforthisone.Paintblackinthe maskat60-80%Opacitytoremovethe colourinareasthatbecametoodark. Overlayishandy 17 NowgotoFile>Place,andadd‘Hand. jpg’.SettheblendmodetoOverlay. Paintblackinthemaskat60-80%Opacity inordertoremovethecolourinareaswhere youdon’tlikethenewlyaddedcolour. SoftLight 15 ClickCreateNewFill/Adjustment LayerintheLayersPalette,choose SolidColor.Pick#00baffandsettheblend modetoSoftLight.Paintblackinsidethe maskat80%Opacitytoremovethetop andafewotherselectareas.Duplicatelayer. Experttip Surrealisticvisualscanoftenhavean HDR-likefeel.HereweusetheUnsharp MaskfilterwithhighAmountandRadiusto bringoutgrittydetails.Thisisappliedtoa stampedcompositeofalllayersandsetto Luminosity.TheColorLookupadjustment wasalsousedandsettoFuturisticBleak. Surrealistic colouring GradientMap 18 ClickCreateNewFill/Adjustment Layeragain,choosingGradientMap. PicktheBlack,Whitepreset.Fillthemask withblack,thenpaintbackinwithwhiteat 80%Opacitytoremovecolourinareas. Mergelayers 19 We’llnowmergeallthelayerssowe cansharpeneverythingatonce.Hit Cmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+Shift+E.Ctrl/right-click andpickConverttoSmartObject.Thenext step’seffectwillnowbecomeaSmartFilter. Exaggerateddetail 20 GotoFilter>Sharpen>Unsharp Mask.SetAmountto300%and Radiusto80pixels.ClickOK.Withblack, paintoutareasyoudon’twantsharpened. SettheblendmodetoLuminosity. Thefutureisbleak 21 ClicktheCreateNewFill/Adjustment Layerbutton,pickingColorLookup thistime.ChooseFuturisticBleak,because thiswillheightenthedramaandsurrealism. Addblacktothemaskinsomeareasin ordertorestoresomecolour. Evenbleaker… 22 DuplicatetheColorLookup adjustmentwithCmd/Ctrl+Juntil youaresatisfiedwiththeresultinglook.Edit eachmaskasneeded.We’veduplicated threetimes,andpaintedmoreblackineach masktoselectivelyfine-tunetheeffect. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 156 The Photoshop CC Book156 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectexpertcompositing F ashion illustration can take many forms. Digital artists can use brushes, textures, scanned drawings and stock to invent vibrant images. Most of the work is done with layers, adjustments, blending modes, selections, painting and layer styles. You’ll also need a pen tablet and scanner if you’re planning on building your own image. If not, then it is advisable to prepare drawings, however there are some additional images available for the objects along with other stock images. The goal is to achieve a romantic, feminine mood where the beauty of the model is highlighted. Prepared material, as well as the steps below, will leave you with enough skills to revisit and adapt the image to your own liking. Painttoyourchannel 03 Paintthemodelwithablackbrushandthebackground withawhiteone,usingdifferentsizesofhardbrush.Keep edgesastheywereintheoriginalimage.Cmd/Ctrl-clickonthe duplicatethumbnailandcreateaselectionofallblackareas.Turnon thevisibilityoftheRGBchannelsandopentheLayerswindow.Drag themodelintoyourworkingfile. Createyour workspace 01Createanewfile 235mmwideby 302mmhighat300dpi. Thebackgroundwillbe madeusingagradient. ActivatetheGradient toolandintheGradient Editorchoosea #e2ebdbcolourinone ColorStopand#69adbf intheother.Thendrag theGradienttoolline fromthebottomedgeto theupperedge. Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this Experttip Shadeobjectsinyourimages moreeasilybyworkingto anewlayer.Alwaysplace thisdirectlyabovetheone youwanttoedit.Forbetter results,alwayslayyour shadowmarkswithaMultiply blendingmode.Also,before youstartpainting,loada selectionofthelayerbelow, thenpressCmd/Ctrl+Hto hideit. Shadeyour objects Selectthemodel 02 First,selectamodelofyourchoicefromanyphotostock site.OpentheChannelspanelandselectBlue.Ctrl/ right-clickthenduplicatethis.GotoImage>Adjustment>Levelsand makeasmalladjustmenttoincreasecontrast.Themaingoalisto keepedgesofthehairandnotcutthemoff.GotoImage>Apply Image,chooseBlending:Overlay. The Photoshop CC Book 157 Perfectexpert compositingFollowPhotoshopmethodsandtechniquesfor designingfashion-basedillustration WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 158 The Photoshop CC Book Addflowers 06GotoCGTexturesanddownloadthe24670 flowerbedfile.UsethePentooltomakea selectionofyourflowers,thendragthemintoyour image.Sincetwoflowersbushesareneeded,duplicate yournewlayerandrepositiontheduplicateusingthe Transformtool.Nowapplycolourcorrections.Select Image>Adjustment>Levelsandinputthefollowing values:0,2.00and220.ThenapplyaHue/Saturation layer,settingSaturationat-50.Finally,applyaColor Balanceadjustmentlayerat+8,-31and-28. Transformelements 04Gotocgtextures.com,thensearchanddownloadthelargesized 12107grassfile.Dragthisintoyourworkingfile.PressCmd/Ctrl+T,then Ctrl/right-clickacontrolpointandchoosePerspectivefromthepop-up options.Narrowtheuppercontrolpointsthen,withoutpressingenter,Ctrl/ right-clickagainandchooseDistort.Clicktheupper-middlepointandlowerit. Afterthis,chooseWarpandadjustlikeintheexamplepresented,usingpoints tocreateBéziercurves.Yourgoalistomakeacurvedsurface. Addpearls 05Open‘Pearl.psd’anddragthelayerintoyourimage.Cmd/Ctrl+Jtomake afewduplicatelayersofthis.UseTransformtoresizeyourlayersand arrangeontopofthegrasslayer,makingsurethatthebiggeronesarecloserand smalleronesfurtheraway.UsethePolygonalLassotooltoselectgrassshapes andduplicatethesefromthegrasstexturelayer.Placethesenewcut-outlayers aboveyourpearlones.AddLayer>LayerStyle>InnerShadowtothebiggestpearl layer,settingOpacityat75%,Angleat-75degrees,Distanceat20,Chokeat0 andSizeat109. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectexpertcompositing The Photoshop CC Book 159 Animalcollage 08Open‘Fawn.psd’,‘YellowRose.psd’and‘Horns. psd’fromthedisc.Selectanddragtheminto yourworkingimage.ActivatetheFawnlayerandapply ColorBalance,settingvaluesto+48,-22and-36.Show theHornslayerandagainaddColorBalance,setting valuesto+66,-63and-34.Createanewlayerbeneath yourYellowRoselayerandapplya#977166colourto createashadow.Dothisbyapplyingasoftbrushwith the‘AlwaysUsePressureForOpacity’optionactive. 10Createamask UsethePentooltodrawapaththatfollowsthecontourofthefacewithhorned extensions.Whenclosed,makeaselectionofit,addanewlayerandfillitwithwhite.Apply shadowstoedgestocreatea3Deffectusinga#b7b7b7colouredsoftbrush,withtheAlways UsePressureForOpacityoptionactivated.Beforeyoustartpaintingshadow,youneedto loadaselectionofthemask,thenmakeanewlayerabove.Painttothiswithasoftbrush, creatingshadow.ApplyGaussianBlurata4pxradius,whileyourmaskselectionisstillactive. Createarrows 09Makethebodyofyourarrowsby applyingaselectionwithyour RectangularMarqueetoolandfillingthiswith a#404040colour.AddanInnerGlowLayer StyleandsetBlendModetoScreen,Color to#c3a87c,TechniquetoSofter,Sourceto Center,Sizeat29andChoketo18.Usethe PenShapetooltocreatearrowheads, addinga#3f3f3fto#5e5341colourgradient overlay.Forthefletchings,downloadthe 107167branchesfilefromCGTexturesand changeittoredusingcolouradjustments. Mergethelayersandduplicate,thenplacein themodel’shands. Decorativethorns 07CreatethornsbyaddingthePenPathtooltoanewlayer.Selecta30px hardwhitebrushandinthePathspanel,Ctrl/right-clickyourpath thumbnail.SelectStrokewithSimulatePressuredeactivated.Choose Select>LoadSelectionanduseasoftbrushat15px,with‘AlwaysUsePressure ForOpacity’activatedfromtheBrushoptions.Addshadowstotheedgesof yourline,usinga#b7b7b7colouredbrushonanewlayer.Open‘Thorns.psd’and pastethemin,arrangingthemonthestemyou’vecreated. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 160 The Photoshop CC Book Trees 13Trunkscanbemadewitha#c9c9c9colouredhardbrush.A #767676colouredsoftbrushisaddedtocreateshadowinthemiddle ofthetrunk.ChangeyourbrushgrouptoDryMedia.PickaSoftOilPastel brushwitha#767676colourandaddlinesofvaryingsizestothetrunk. Downloadthe55089treesimagefromCGTexturesandselectonlythe treetop,draggingitintoyourimage.ApplyLevelssetto0,1.88and245.Nowadd Hue/Saturation,settingSaturationat-25.Finally,addColorbalance,setting valuesat100,0,+100. Whiteparts 12Nowyouwillcontinuetoaddwhatlookslikebitsof porcelaintothemodel’sskin.First,makeuseofthe Pentooltomakeaselectionasbefore,thenpressCmd/ Ctrl+Jtoduplicateaskinsection.Withthisduplicated layerselected,gotoImage>Adjustment>Desaturate. LoadaselectionofthisshapeandapplyGaussianBlur setata10pxradius.Deselect(Cmd/Ctrl+D)your selection,duplicatethislayertwice,thenmergeallthree layers.GotoLevelsandinputthefollowingvalues:15,1.18 and228.Applyshadowbelowtheobjectsusinga #926958colouredbrushappliedtoanewlayersettoa Multiplyblendingmode. Horns 11Creatingthehornsisasimilarprocesstothemask. First,drawtheseoutusingthePentool.Thenmake aselectionofthehornsandfillthiswithwhiteinanew layer.AddaBevel&EmbossLayerStyleandsetStyleto InnerBevel,TechniquetoSmooth,Depthat276%,Size at13,Softenat13,ShadowModetoMultiply,Colorto #77979eandOpacityat38%.Everythingelseissetto default.Openthe‘Flowers.psd’suppliedondiscand dragthisintoyourworkingimage.Placeandtransform tobuildthebestlook. Experttip Takecareoflightandit willtakecareoftherest, makingyourimagemuch moreconvincing.Allnewly importedimagesand elementsneedtobeedited sothattheyfollowone lightsource. Matcha lightsource WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Improvinggeneralatmosphere Applyingtexturesandlayeradjustmentsis important,asthesetightenuptheimageand makeallelementslookasiftheybelongin thesamespace.Veryoftenanimagelooks tooraw.Vignetteeffectsinparticularfocus allelementsinasinglespace,makingthe wholeimagelessflat.Layeradjustments canworktocreatesomeexcitingeffects, butfirstandforemosttheirmainconcern iswithcreatingcolourharmony,existing throughoutallyourlayers. Quicktip Perfectexpertcompositing The Photoshop CC Book 161 Glowingeffects 14Openthe‘Bird.psd’filefromthedisc anddragitintoyourworkingimage. Createagloweffectbehindyourmodel usingtheEllipticalMarqueetool.Before makingyourselection,setFeatherat200px. Applytoyourbackgroundlayerand duplicatethelayer.AddLevels,settingvalues at0,2.08and255.AddColorBalance, settingvaluesto0,0and100.Duplicateyour pearlsandarrangethematdifferentsizes, floatingatthetopoftheimage. Improvethemood 15Toimprovemoodandconnectthe elementstogether,applytexturesand adjustmentlayers.Open‘Texture.jpg’ suppliedonthediscanddragitintoyour workingimage.Thislayerneedstobeabove allotherlayers.SetitsblendingmodetoSoft Light.AddmorecontrastusingLayers>New AdjustmentLayer>Curves.SelecttheGreen curveschannelandaddaslightupwards curvetoaffecttheimagecolour.Seethe positioninthescreenshotbelow. Settings 16Afterchangingtheoverallcolourand mood,it’stimetopolishyourimage andreviewallimageelements.Tomakethe model’shairbrighter,usetheDodgetool withExposuresetat70%andpassoverthis areaanddarkerpartsofthedress.Tomake themodelclosertoherenvironment,apply Levelswithinputsetto0,1.18and255.The grassalsolookstoodark,soapplyLevels withinputvaluessetto0,1.35,241.Set outputto11and231. Shadows 17Addingshadowdefinesyourmainlight sourcemuchbetter.Themost importantshadowsexistinthegrasslayer. Choosea#979842colourandcreateanew layer.SelectasoftbrushsettoAlwaysUse PressureForOpacityandpaintinshadows beneaththemodel,pearlsandtreeswith varyingbrushsizes.Themodel’sshoesalso needtobedarker,sousetheEyedropper tooltochooseadarkertonefromthese. Withthesamebrushsettings,makethe lowerpartoftheshoesdarker. Sunrays 18Theseillustratedsunraysaremadein AdobeIllustrator.Inanewfile,make onestraightlinewitha1ptstroke.Select Effect>DistortandTransform>Transform. ChangeScale/Verticalto109%,make 40copiesandsetAngleat124°.Turncolour towhiteanddragobjectsintoyourimage. ResizethisnewvectorlayerthenRasterizeit (Cmd/Ctrl-clicklayer>Rasterizelayer).To avoidsharpendsinyourlines,applyasoft brushErasetoolanderasethetopsofthese withoneclick. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 162 The Photoshop CC Book START IMAGES WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Createfantasycompositions T he idea of a composite is to take elements from various photos and combine them together into a single convincing montage. Photoshop makes this process very simple, giving us the tools to achieve that desired artistic expression. In this tutorial we will take you through all the steps you will need in order to extract photos, alter their lighting and colour to fit a scene, use painting techniques to manipulate and add your own unique touch, use the Clone Stamp to sample and place photo texture, and even create your own additional elements from scratch. By the time we hit the finale, you will be able to successfully take your own images and create your own one-of-a-kind fantasy composite. Createfantasy compositionsCreate a colourful and engaging abstract artwork with a little help from the Custom Shape tool Startthebackground 01 Grabthebackgroundphotofrom thedisc.UseFreeTransformto resizeandpositiontheimage.Cropalong theouteredgesofthecanvastoremove excess.Duplicatethelayerandchoose Filter>Artistic>PaletteKnife. Runsomefilters 02 Duplicatethisnewfilterlayerand useFilter>Noise>Median.Merge downwithCmd/Ctrl+Eandduplicatethis layer.Onthenewduplicate,applyFilter> Blur>GaussianBlurandthenreducethe layer’sOpacitybyhalf.Mergedownagain. Adjustthecolours 03 Duplicatethefiltered layerandhitCmd/ Ctrl+UforHue/Saturation. Adjustthesliderstotaste.You canuseasoftroundbrush(B), settotheColormode,to controlcoloursmanually.Merge downagain. Experttip Layersallowustotryout anythingwithouttheworry ofaffectingtheimage permanently.Usethemto youradvantagebyworking onanewlayeruntilyouare satisfiedwiththelook,then mergeitdownintoyourmain layer.Duplicatethemainlayer oftenandhideit–justincase you’dliketorevertfurther thanUndoHistorywillallow! Groupingandnaminglayers willhelpyoustayorganised. Managing layers Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this Backgroundeffects 04 Createanewlayer.Useasoftbrush inalightcolourwithlowopacityto paintovertheimage.Forabokeh-likeeffect, makevarioussizeddotswithahardround brush,settoalowopacity. Introducetheforeground 05 Bringinthemodelimage.Select FreeTransform,thenholdShiftand dragacornertoresizeproportionately. Duplicatethislayerandhidetheoriginal,just incaseyouneedtostartoveragainlater. The Photoshop CC Book 163 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 164 The Photoshop CC Book Erasethebackground 06 SelecttheMagicEraserandclickon thewhiteareaoftheimagetoerase it.Theedgeswillneedcleaningup,usethe BackgroundEraser,samplingwiththe hotspotinthecentreofthebrush. Blendwiththeenvironment 07 NowgotoImage>Adjustments> Hue/Saturation(Cmd/Ctrl+U). Adjusteachoftheslidersasneededto lessenorboosttheHue,Saturationand Lightness,inordertoblendwithandbetter matchtheenvironmentofthebackground. Alterthepose 08 RemovethehandswiththeEraser andthencroptotheedgesofthe canvas.NowapplyFilter>Liquifyandselect ForwardWarpTool.Useittopushthefolds overtohighlightthechangeofposture. Makeitartistic 09 Togetamorepaintedlookuse Median(underFilter>Noise)lightly; enoughtoremovethecrispdetailbutso thatthenaturalfeaturesarestillretained. FollowitupwithPaintDaubsonalowsetting. Customisetheclothing 10 Onanewlayer,makeaselection alongthedesiredneckline.After colourpickingfromthefaceusingthe Eyedropper,useasoftbrushtofillinareasof skin,avoidingthehair.Thendeselect. CloneStamptheneckline 11 Makeanewlayer.Samplingfromthe cuff,usetheCloneStamptomakethe necklinehemwith-35degreerotation.Erase theexcessandcreateridges.UseBurnalong thehem’sbottomedgeforshadow. Createtheear 12 Againonanewlayer,makeaselection oftheearshape.Fillwithabaseskin colour,thenusetheEyedroppertosample coloursfromthefacetodeveloptheinside oftheear.Lookinthemirrorforreference. Clonethehairbase 13 HitCmd/Ctrl+Shift+N.NowuseClone Stamp–samplingthehairoften–to createavolumisedbaseforthehaircoming overtheshoulders.Useasoftroundbrush, asitallowssamplestoblendwitheachother. Paintinhairstrands 14 UsetheEyedropperandsamplea haircolour.Usingatinysoftround brush,createstrandsthatareflowinginthe samedirectionasinthephoto.Include strandsthatoverlapothers,aswellasafew inopposingdirections,foranaturallook. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Createfantasycompositions The Photoshop CC Book 165 Mergeandenhance 15 HolddownShiftandthenselectall thelayersfromthetopofthestack tothemodellayerthatweworkedon.Merge themtogether.Nowuseasoftbrushonthe face–intheNormal,HardLightandColor brushmodes–toenhancethemakeup. Addsomeenchantment 16 Createanewlayer.UsetheBrush tooltopaintoverthefigure,adding lightsandvisualeffects.Toaddlighting aroundtheedgesofthehair,jumpoverto themodellayerandrunDodge(O)along theedge. Createthepixiedust 22 Makeanewlayerrightatthetopand thensettheblendmodetoLinear Dodge.Create‘pixiedust’specialeffects usingahardroundbrushwiththeSpacing andScatteringoptionssetasdesired. Addingthegloweffect 21 Nowlet’saddaglowaroundthepixie withLayer>LayerStyles>OuterGlow. Choosealightpinkcolourandmakesure theblendmodeissettoLinearLight,and thattheOpacityisaround30%. Finishupthecrown 19 Lockthecrownlayer’stransparency andthencolourwithabrushinthe desiredshade.UseLayer>LayerStyles> BevelandEmbossandDropShadowto addformtothecrown.TheDodgeandBurn toolscanmakesomenicemetallicfinishing. Insertthecrown 17 Nowmakeanewdocumentanduse theselectiontoolsinconjunction withEdit>Stroketocreatetheshapeyou wantforthecrown.Or,ifyou’drather,paste ourpre-madecrown(suppliedinyour resourcepack)intothecomposite. Finishthingsup 23 PressCmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+Shift+Eto mergeallofthevisiblelayers togetheronanewlayer.Harmoniseand bringeverythingtogetherwithanyfinal blendingorpaintingeffects.Filterssuchas PaintDaubscanalsobeused,ifsetlightly. Bringinthepixie 20 Nowwecangetthingsgoingby addingextraelements.Bringina preparedphotoofyourchoiceoruseour preparedpixie.UseFreeTransformif necessarytoresizeorpositionasdesired. Makethecrownfit 18 FreeTransformagaintoresizethe crownifnecessary.UseEdit> Transform>Warptoconformthecrownto thecurveandperspectiveoftheforehead. Useanopaquebrushtomakeachain–a customchainbrushmakesquickworkofit! WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 166 The Photoshop CC Book166 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designfortheweb P hotos now play a massive role in web design. They are being used to convey messages. Photos can appear in the form of thumbnails inside a grid, or as large backdrops to support floating elements including type, icons or buttons. However, thought must go into selecting your photos so that you don’t end up disrupting your composition. If they clash with any other elements, your web design will be ruined. Here you’ll discover how to tackle photo-based web styles and produce some great look. You’ll learn how to create a dynamic layout using shape and type juxtaposed with photos. Create depth by pairing elements and is how to add dramatic lighting effects using adjustment layers. We look at ways to transform, composite and edit photos with layer masks, leading to an exciting end result that will promote your design to global viewers. DesignforthewebCombine photos with typography and UI elements to create a dynamic layout Addastadium 03 Downloadthestadiumimage(540239)fromsxc.hu.Add thePentoolaroundit,thenmakeitaselection.Select Layer>LayerMask>RevealAll.Dragthestadiumlayerintoyourweb projectandmakethisaSmartObject.Resizeandpositionasabove. Applyablacktotransparentgradienttotheclippingmasktomerge itwiththegrasslayer. InitialSetup 01Createanew72dpi 1280x1645pxRGB document.PressCmd/ Ctrl+Randplacea guidelineataround 700px.Createanewlayer. ApplytheMarqueetool toyourguidelinethenfill withblue.Createanother newlayer,applythe Marqueetooltoyour bottomspace,thenfill withbrown. Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this Experttip Whenusingdifferentphoto assetstobuildacomposition, considerthespaceyou’re workingwith.Objectsinfocus willnaturallybesharperthan objectsinthedistance.Use adjustmentlayerstocolour andlightcorrectlayerssothat theymatchandcorrespondto depthoffield. Thinkon perspective Importturf 02 Openanimageofsomegrass,whichisprettyeasyto sourceortakeyourself.Dragthisimagelayerintoyour webprojectdocument.Cmd/Ctrl-clickthisnewgrasslayerand selectConverttoaSmartObject.Placethisnewlayerat around650pxdownandresizetheheightusingEdit>Free Transform(T)accordingly. The Photoshop CC Book 167 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 168 The Photoshop CC Book Soilandplayers 05Grabasoilimagefromcgtextures. comandimportitintoyourproject, belowthegrasslayer.Open24867568and 24698993fromDreamstimeandusethe Pentooltoselectandcutoutthefootball players.AddaClippingMasktoboththen dragthemin.Convertthesenewlayersinto SmartObjects,resizethemandplacethem hoveringaboveyourgrasslayer.Focuson makingallelementsinteractauthentically throughsizeandplacement. Skyandclouds 04Downloadthecloudimage (1421859)fromsxc.huanddragthis intoyourwebproject.Placeitinbehindyour stadiumlayer.MakethisaSmartObjecttoo andscaleitdown.Alsosetitsblending modetoScreenandFillat80%.Resizethe heightofthelayer.AddaLevelsadjustment layerthenselectLayer>CreateClipping Mask.Dragtheleftsliderto45.AddaLayer Maskandablacktotransparentgradient fromthetopdowntoabout200px,fading yourclouds. Setthemood 06Nowforcolourandcontrast adjustments.Gothroughevery layerandadjustthemuntiltheyworkwell together.ApplyblacktowhiteGradientMaps withlayerblendingmodessettoMultiply andScreentocontrollighting.Dragtheblack sliderinGradientMapssettoScreenand thewhitesliderinthosesettoMultiply untilyougetgoodresults.Makesureall adjustmentlayersarelinkedtothelayer withaClippingMasksoyoudon’taffectthe layerspanel. Changeexistingcolour 07Changeashirttoredbyaddinga Hue/Saturationadjustmentlayer andclippingittothecorrectlayer.Setthe Huesliderat+170.Theplayersarevery desaturated,soalsoaddsomerealistic skincolourusingaSelectiveColor adjustmentlayerandclipittoaplayer layer.SelectColorstoNeutralsandset Cyanat+10,Magentaat+35andYellowat +50.Repeatthisfortheotherplayerlayer. Nowcutoutandimportthe24768939 footballimagefile. Addtypography 08It’simportantthatdifferent elementsdon’tcompeteagainst eachother.Createasimplelineusingthe Linetoolandaddtheplayernamesoneach sideofthis.Placethemslightlyovertheline andaddaLayerMasktoeach,thenapplya blackbrushandpaintoutthepartsthat overlap.Groupthetextelementsandthe line,thenaddaLayerMasktothatgroup folder.Maskoffpartswheretheplayers interactsoyougetanicesenseofdepth. Usingadjustmentlayers ByusingablacktowhiteGradientMap settoScreenblendingmodeand draggingthelocationoftheblack sliders,youcancontrolhighlights.Dragit downto90%andslowlystartdraggingto increasevalues,untiltheamountfeelsright. Thisisaneffectivewayofaddingadramatic feeltoyourphotoelementsinweb.Youcan usethesametechniqueusingtheMultiply layermode,draggingthesliderto10%to controldarkness. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Designfortheweb The Photoshop CC Book 169 WorkingwithUI FinalTweaks 13Nowit’stimetoaddfinalcopyand icons.Gothroughyourlayersandsee whatcanbeimproved.Playaroundwith differentadjustmentlayersandcolour variations,tweakingeverythingtogetthe lookyouwant.Addinfographicelements suchasamountsandtitlestoyourbar chart.Alsoaddiconstoyourbuttons,such associalplatformtypesandcustom shapes,foramoreinteractivefeel. Buttons 12Younowwanttostartcreating buttons.Drawanewshapeusingthe RoundedRectangleTool,around70pxtall and300pxwide.SetshapelayerFillat0% anddouble-clickthelayertoenterLayer Stylesoptions.NowactivateGradient Overlay.Thistimeuseasoftgradient, settingtheblacksliderat0andwhiteslider at100.Setthisgradient’sOpacityat25% thenclickOK. Barchart 11CreatethebarchartUIseeninour exampleusingtheRoundedRectangle toolwithEdgeRadiussetto2.Drawa rectangleabout40pxtalland300pxwide witha#42361fcolour.Drawanew roundedrectangleshapewitha#727c20 colourandplaceitinsidetheoriginal. Double-clickonthelayerintheLayers panelandchooseGradientOverlay.To makethehardlinedgradient,setboththe blackandwhiteslidersataLocationof 50%.SetOpacityat8%andclickOK. Duplicateandcreatemorebars. AddLayerStyles 10AddagreencircleusingtheEllipse tool.Duplicatethisshapelayerand scaleitdown,holdingOpt/Alt+Shift,placing itinthecentreoftheoriginalshape.Selectit andaddaClippingMasktoyouroriginal circleshape.Double-clickonyouroriginal circleandaddBevel&Emboss.SetDepth at25,Sizeat250andOpacityat60%to createa3Deffect.AlsoaddDropShadow fromthesameLayerStylesoptions,setting Sizeat50andOpacity80%. AddshapelayersandLayerStylestocreateinterfaceelements DetailsAddthe teamnamesin whiteandseason statsina#978863 colour,thenoverlap withtheplayers DedicatenegativeUnite bothtypeelementstocorrelate content.Alsomakesureyou havededicatedenoughnegative fortheUIelements ColouringPastetheplayerfrom the24768939Dreamstimefile. Duplicate,flip,thenchangethe shirtcolourtored IntroducetheUI 09Setupaguidelineinthemiddleofyourimagethatyoucanuseforreference whenplacingtheUIelements.Adda#1f1b15colouredrectangleusingthe Rectangletool,atabout65pxtall,horizontallyacrosstheimage.Maskawaythemiddle partusingablacktowhiteRadialGradientandfashionitintoaUIelement. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 170 The Photoshop CC Book C reating a day-to-night effect on a photo can be a challenging task that involves the use of many adjustment layers and blend modes in order to achieve a realistic result. A wise selection of stock images can make your job a whole lot easier, because images with neutral lighting and soft shadows are simpler to manipulate. Avoid using shots with bright highlights taken at midday, because you will have strong shadows and bright lights on the walls that are very difficult to work with. You will learn how to progressively darken an image and correct a bright wall using textures and blend modes. Several Gradient Maps will be used to change the colour and brightness of the image and you’ll learn how to create several types of light effects using the Screen and Color Dodge blend modes. Turndaytonight Achievemore-dramaticlightsourcesusing adjustmentlayersandcreaterealisticlight effectsbycombiningblendmodes STARTIMAGES CastrealisticlightsUsetheColor Dodgeblendmode,thenpaintlightson thefloorandwallsusingadarkorange FixoravoidhighlightsRemoveor coverbrighthighlightsonyourimage withaneutraltexturesoyoucanusethe blendmodesmoreeffectively Creativeprojects 170 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Turndaytonight The Photoshop CC Book 171 Removeunwanteddetails Beforeyoustartworking,remove unwanteddetailsusingtheClone, SpotHealingorPatchtools StreetlightsCreateglowsoflight onanewlayerusingtheScreen blendmodeandasoftbrush AdditionalshadowsPaintshadows manuallywithalow-opacitysoftbrush onareasthataren’tdarkenough Turndaytonight The Photoshop CC Book 171 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 172 The Photoshop CC Book InsertanotherGradientMap 06 Maketheimagedarker,keepingthe brightertonesuntouched.Onthe secondGradientMap,usethesettings: #352E2Bto#AFADA7.Changetheblend modeofthisGradientMaptoHardLight. Cleanthingsup 01Takealookattheimageandremove anydistractingelements.Usethe CloneStamptool(S)onanewlayertocover thegraffitiandthenusetheMixerBrushtool (B)onanotherlayertoblendthecolours. Bringdownthemidtones 04 NowbegintodarkenthemidtonesusingaLevelsor Curvesadjustment.Don’tmakethistoodark,because we’llbeusingmoreadjustmentsonthefollowingsteps.Here we’vesettheMidtonessliderto0.59. Uniformdarkness 07 Someoftheareasofyourimagewill becometoodarkafterapplyingthe LevelsandthetwoGradientMaps.Usethe masksofthetwoGradientMapstohidethe effectonthoseareasandapplyalargesoft brushwithlowopacityandFlow. Treatthehighlights 02 Brighthighlightsareyourworst enemy,becauseblendmodes don’taffectthem.Youcanusetextures,like theprovidedconcretetexture,tocoverthe whitebuilding.ApplytheMultiplyblend modeandreducetheOpacityto60%. AddyourfirstGradientMap 05 GradientMapsenableyoutochangethecoloursofyourscene. Bycombiningthemwiththecorrectblendmodeyoucanmake theimagedarker.ThefirstsettingusedonourGradientMapis: #000000to#B58462.SetblendmodetoMultiplyandOpacityto50%. Correctthehighlights 08 Aftermakingalltheseadjustments, somehighlightsmightneed touch-ups.WeusedaCurvesadjustment layerinordertodarkenthebrightertones andmaketheimageabitmoreuniform. Begintodarkenthescene 03 Youneedtoprogressivelydarken theimageusingadjustmentlayers andblendmodes.You’llneedtouse differentadjustmentlayers.Iusuallyuse Levels,GradientMapsandblendmodes suchasMultiply,VividLightandsoon. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Turndaytonight The Photoshop CC Book 173 Paintmore darkness 09 Adjustment layersare greatforcreatingthe generallightingonthe image,butsome areaswillstillneed specialattention.On theseareasyouwill havetopaintthe shadowsorlights manually.Weuseda softbrushtodarken thetopandbottom partoftheimage. Additionallights 12 Youcanaddlightstothewindowsby fillingthemwithayellow,then applyingOuterandInnerGlow,aswellasthe ScreenandColorDodgeblendmodes.If lightsaretoobright,they’lllookunrealistic. Useastamp 14 We’llapplythefinallighteffect non-destructively.Forthisweneed tocreateastampofallthevisiblelayers,so selectthetoplayeronthepaletteandhit Cmd/Ctrl+Opt/Alt+Shift+E.Oncethenew layeriscreatedturnitintoaSmartObject. Rendergloballighting 15 Filters>Render>LightingEffects.The keyhereistofocusthelightonthe centreoftheframeanddarkentheedges. UseabigspotlightandadjusttheIntensityto yourliking. Addmorerealisticlights 11 Insertanothernewlayerbelowthe previousscreenlight’slayer.Changeits blendmodetoColorDodge.Useasoft brushandadarkunsaturatedtonetopaint thelights.Hereweused:#958f83. AddafinalGradientMap 13 InsertanewGradientMapontopof alltheotherlayers.Thecoloursused onthegradientshouldbesimilartotherest oftheimage.Theblendmodeherewas ColorDodge.Ifthelightsbecometoobright, trydarkercoloursontheGradientMap. Inputglowsoflight 10 Nowwe’llcreatetwotypesoflights, soaddanewlayerandchangeits blendmodetoScreen.Useasoftbrushand anunsaturatedorangetoproducethelight glowonthestreetlamps. Experttip ColorDodgeandScreen blendmodesaregreatfor producinglighteffects.To gettheperfectcolourand brightnessoflight,selectthe colourontheColorPicker. Ifyouwantlessbrightness onthelight,chooseadarker colour.Avoidchangingthe layeropacity.Ifthecolouryou choseisclosetowhatyou want,usetheHue/Saturation adjustment.WithSaturation youcancontrolthecolourof thelight.WithLightness,you controlitsintensity. Realistic lights WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 174 The Photoshop CC Book Creativeprojects 174 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Usedynamiclayereffects The Photoshop CC Book 175 Createyourcomposition Gatherandextractphotostocktobuildupyourimage Basicbackground 02 Oncealltheimageshave downloaded,youcanreturnback toyourPhotoshopdocument.Tobegin yourcomposition,fillthecanvaswithblack (#050505).Thenuseadarkgrey-blue (#27303b)todrawsomebackgroundlight accordingly.Thelightsourcewillbe locatedintheupper-rightcorner.Youcan adjustthislater. Documentsetup 01 Createanewdocument4000x 2480px,withaResolutionof300dpi andaColorModeofRGB,8bits.Nameyour imageandsaveit.Itisalsostrongly recommendedthatyouhavetheSnapshot functioninyourHistorypanelenabled.Now downloadallthesourceimagesfromtheir respectivewebsites. Extractyourastronaut 03 Opentheastronautimage,extract itfromthebackgroundandplaceit intothescene.Youcanuselayermasksto cleanuptheedgesifneedbe.Zoominwhile maskinganduseahardbrush.Youcanthen applyanotherlayermasktotheastronaut’s feettofadethemintothebackground.This helpstocreatesomemoredepth. Stack up adjustment layers and create incredibly striking illustrations using stock photos Usedynamiclayereffects I n this tutorial, you will learn how to improve your skills with the adjustment layers and compositing stock photos to create whatever your imagination comes up with. It is important that all of the elements in your image match up when it comes to lighting. This will heavily improve the realism of the scene and also help place attention where you want it. It’s preferred that you have some experience working with adjustment layers, basic brush skills and extracting techniques because this tutorial will focus on creating the desired look and lighting through them. You will also discover tips on how to create light sources, how to paint reflections, how to create simple particle effects and more. While this tutorial aims to help you to produce an exact copy of this image, you can come up with a totally different composition with the suggested elements and just follow the techniques explained to you. After completion of this tutorial, you will have more understanding of how to work with the adjustment layers and how to edit your photos non-destructively. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 176 The Photoshop CC Book Moreadjusting 08 GotoImage>Adjustments> ExposureandsetExposureto -3.11,Offsetto0andGammaCorrectionto 0.92.Fillthelayermaskwithblack,andwith awhitesoftbrush,startcreatingthedeeper shadows.AddaCoolingFilter(80)at25% DensityandaBrightness/Contrast adjustment,withBrightnesssetto12and theContrastsetto18.Createaselection fromtheastronautlayer.Filltheselection withcolour#cb844c.Changetheblending modetoOverlayandfillthelayermask withblack. Adjusttheastronaut 06 Nowstartcreatingtheadjustment layersfortheastronaut.Goto Image>Adjustments>Hue/Saturationand setHueat0,Saturationat-100and Lightnessat0.Createalayermaskforthe adjustmentlayeranduseawhitebrushto bringbackthecolourinthepatchesinthe arms.Nowaddanotheradjustmentlayer. SelectImage>Adjustments>Levelsandset themat32,0,61,255.Rememberthatyou needtohavetheastronautlayerselectedto beabletoaddadjustmentlayerstoit. Extracttheasteroids 04 Openupthecoalimages.Asinthepreviousstep,extractthemfromthe backgroundandplacethemintoyourcomposition.Usealayermaskanda smallhardbrushtocleanthemupifneeded.Fortheextracting,youcanusethe MagicWandwithacorrecttoleranceorcolourselection(Select>ColorRange).Once complete,youshouldhaveallthestockimagesextractedandcleanedup.Adjust thesizeandpositionoftheelementsifnecessary. Highlightsandshadows 07 CreatetwonewLevelslayersforthe astronaut.Fortheshadowslayer, setthemiddlelevelsto0,49.Forthe highlightslayer,setthemiddlelevelsto1,70. Fillthelayermaskwithblack.Startpainting theshadowsandhighlightsonthe astronaut.Createaselectionfromthe astronautlayer,thencreateanewlayertop ofitandfilltheselectionwithwhite.Fillthe layermaskwithblack,settheblending modetoOverlayandcontinuepaintingon themasktobringupthehighlights. Finishyourcomposition 05 Onceyouhaveplacedtheasteroid images,it’stimetoaddthefirst adjustmentlayersonthetopofallthelayers.First, gotoImage>Adjustments>Brightness/Contrast andsettheBrightnessat+13andtheContrastat +15.Thenaddanotheradjustmentlayerbygoing toImage>Adjustments>PhotoFilterandapplya CoolingFilter(80)withaDensityof30%.Youneed toaddonenewlayertobeabletocreatethese layersthroughtheImagemenu,oryoucanusethe AdjustmentLayersiconatthebottomofthe Layerspanel. UsingadjustmentlayerslikeLevelsandExposure letsyoupaintshadowsmorepreciselyandnon- destructively.Youcanalsochangetheirblending modetogetadifferentresultonthetargetlayer. Rememberthatyoucanusealayermasktopainton certainpartsoftheimage. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Usedynamiclayereffects The Photoshop CC Book 177 Addingsomedepth 13 Asinthepreviousstep,duplicatean asteroidwithitsadjustmentlayers andthenflattenit.Goto Filter>Blur>GaussianBlurtoblurtwo differentasteroidstogetherandplacethem ontothelower-leftandright-handsideofthe scene.YoucanthenuseLevels(Cmd/ Ctrl+L)todarkenthemiftheylooktoobright. Ifyouchooseto,youcancreateevenmore blurredasteroidsandplacethemontothe edgesofthescene.Youcanalsotrytoplace thembehindtheastronaut. Createsmallerpieces 12 Yourastronautandtheasteroids shouldbefinished.Nowyoucan createthesmallerasteroidsbyduplicating anasteroidwithallitsadjustmentlayers, flatteningitandcuttingpiecesoffitwiththe Lassotool.Usethesametechniquesas beforetomatchthehighlightsandshadows withtheotherasteroids.Rememberto createthecolourfillOverlaylayerforthe smallasteroidrightinfrontoftheastronaut. Asbefore,thislayerwillbeusedforthelight effectslater. Correctshadows andhighlights 11 Adjustthehighlightsandshadowsso thattheylookrealistic:harderhighlights ontherightedgeandthedarkershadowson theleft.LowertheOpacityoftheasteroid behindtheastronautto45%andtheone downtotheleftfromhimto20%.Selectthe asteroidonthelower-rightcornerandcreate aselectionfromit.Filltheselectionwiththe colour#dea363,deselect,thensetthe blendingmodetoOverlayandfillthelayer maskwithblack.Thislayerwillbeusedlater. Adjustingtheasteroids 10 Nowstartstackingupthesame adjustmentlayersforeachseparate asteroidlayer.UseHue/SaturationwithHue at217,Saturationat15,Lightnessat0and Colorizeselectedtomakesurethateach asteroidhasthesamebluetint.UseLevels toadjustthebasicexposuretofitthescene andtopainttheshadowsandhighlightson theasteroids.Gothroughalltheasteroids andaddthenecessaryadjustmentlayers. Rememberthatthelightsourcewillbe placedintheupper-rightcorner. Analyseyourcomposition 09 Withalltheadjustmentlayersfortheastronautdone,itisnowtimetostartusing theexactsametechniquesforalloftheasteroidlayers.Seetheannotations belowtofindouthow. Creatingtheasteroidfield Applythesameadjustmentlayertechniquesfortheasteroidlayers “UseLevelstoadjustthebasicexposuretofitthe scene,andtopainttheshadowsandhighlights” Adjustlayers Createyourover allcomposition. Resizeandadjustthe layersaccordingly Adjustmentlayers UseLevelsand Brightness/ Contrastadjustment layerstofixthe imageexposure ShadowsPaint thedeepershadows andbrighterhighlights ontheLevels andExposure adjustmentlayers WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 178 The Photoshop CC Book Lightingbringsittogether Usebrushtechniquesandblendingmodestocreatethelighteffects Brushinthedust 17 Useasmallhardbrushandstart clickingonanewlayer.Make enoughdotssothatwhenyouuseFree Transform(Cmd/Ctrl+T)andscalethem down,theylooklikedustparticles.By duplicatingthelayerandmaskingaway somepartsofrandomdotlayers,create thedustfloatingaroundthescene.Use blendingmodesScreenandLightenand playwithdifferentopacitysettingstogive itaniceoverallflow.Asbefore,avoid puttingthedustonthefar-leftside. Makethelightsource 14 Selectasoftbrushandalightblue colour.Brushonebigstrokefromthe upper-rightcornertowardstheastronaut andsettheblendingmodetoScreen.Create anotherlayerandclickoncewiththesoft brushonit.Changetheblendingmodeto ScreenandOpacityto25%.Placeitinthe upper-leftcornertohighlightthelightsource. Createalayermaskforthelargerlightstroke andwithasoftblackbrushwithOpacityset to30%,maskawaysomeofthelightbehind thesmallasteroidonthelightbeam. Lightuptheastronaut 15 Makeanewlayerforeachlightyou createsothatyoucanadjustthemif needed.UseaScreenblendingmodefor thelightthatcomesoutoftheastronaut andanOverlayblendingmodeforthelight thatisreflectedontheastronaut.Playwith opacityandGaussianBlur.Createthechest lightbeaminthesamewaythatyoucreated themainlightsourceinthepreviousstep. Also,usethepreviouslycreatedcolour overlaylayerstopaintthereflectedlightfor theastronautandthetwoasteroids. Addthespacedust 16 NowopenuptheCosmosLighting stockimagethatyoudownloaded earlier.UsetheLassotooltocutpieces fromitandchangetheblendingmodeto Screen.Createalayermaskforeachone andwithasoftblackbrush,maskawaythe edgessothattheyseemtoblendwiththe background.UseHue/Saturation(Cmd/ Ctrl+U)togivethemthesamebluetint. Startplacingthemontotheedgesofthe astronautandtheasteroids.Avoidputting themonthefar-leftsideofthescene. Alwaysexperimentwithusing differentmethods.Evenifyou knowwhatblendingmodetouse toachievethelookyou’reafter, browsethroughthemallandseeif youcanproducesomenew,usable effects.Eveniftheresultisn’t somethingyoucanusewiththe projectyouareworkingatthetime, itmightbesomethingyoucanuse laterinanotherproject. Quicktip Remember to have your adjustment layers clipped onto the target layer. If you have adjustment layers that aren’t clipped to a layer, they will affect every layer under them. With the Ctrl/right-click and Create Clipping Mask option, you can clip adjustment layers to the target layer. It is also good to keep in mind the correct order for the adjustment layers. If you place Levels over your Hue/ Saturation, this will affect the colours in your target layer. Adjustment layers are also a great way to change the whole tone of the image when they are placed on top of all layers. Changethetone Usingtheadjustmentlayers WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Usedynamiclayereffects The Photoshop CC Book 179 Createthestars 18 Asinthepreviousstep,useasmallhardbrushto paintinthestars.Tocreatethebiggerstars,use Filter>Blur>MotionBluronasinglepaintedstar.Then duplicateitanduseFreeTransformtorotateit180 degreesorless.Youcancreateasmanystarsasyou wish.Togivethemevenmoreglow,duplicatethestar layer,useGaussianBlurslightlytobluritandsetthe blendingmodetoScreen. Sharpentheimage 20 Thelastthingtodoistosharpentheimage.Duplicatetheflattenedimage andselectFilter>Other>HighPass.SettheRadiusto0,5pxandclickOK.Set thelayer’sblendingmodetoVividLightandlowertheOpacityto80%.Flattenthe imageagainandthengotoFilter>Sharpen>SmartSharpen.SettheAmountto45% andtheRadiusto0,5px.Remember–ifyouresizetheimage,yoursharpeningmight becomeobsoleteandyoumayneedtosharpenitagain. Finaladjustments 19 Alltheelementsandeffectsshouldnowbeinplace.Ifyourlightingfeels offorthereissomethingthatlooksalittleshaky,nowisthetimetocorrect it.Cleanupanyroughedgesinyourasteroidsorastronaut,paintingthemaway onthelayermask.Useahardbrushtogetnicecleanedges.Whenyouare happy,flattentheimage.BringupLevelsandslightlydarkenthemiddletones (0,96)andbringupthewhites(245). WiththeHighPassfilter,youcansharpentheimagein awaythatthemoreblurredpartsoftheimagewon’t sharpen.Thiswillbringoutonlytheharderdetails.Try differenttechniquestoseewhatworksbest. Quicktip WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 180 The Photoshop CC Book Create realistic digital matte artwork using photographic references and digital painting Mastermatte paintingtechniques Creativeprojects WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mastermattepaintingtechniques The Photoshop CC Book 181 D igital matte painting is achieved by combining digital painting with photography to achieve photorealism. Today, this process is widely used within the film industry to create fantasy settings or landscapes which would otherwise be impossible to shoot. In this tutorial, you will learn how to edit, manipulate and paint over photographic imagery and tailor them to a specific need in order to create your own fantasy matte painting. Once this has been completed, you will have a better understanding of how to use and manipulate photographs to your advantage in several different ways, and how to combine them with digital painting techniques to get the most out every piece. Achieving photorealism does not happen overnight, so use this information as a starting point to build upon. Once a firm grasp has been made, there are little to no limits as to what can be done with these techniques. This tutorial will require some prior knowledge of layer masks and how to apply them via selection, quick masks and painting and erasing. Other knowledge includes colour grading and correcting, clipping masks, basic brush and toolbar settings, Transform tools, and some usage of the Clone Stamp tool. Mastermattepaintingtechniques WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 182 The Photoshop CC Book PlacingExtraClouds 04 Downloadtheadditionalcloudimagefromwww.sxc.hu/ profile/ukunurk(thelargecloudisinthecentre,whilethe smalleroneisontheleft).Extractandpastethemintothescene file.Scaleandplacethemasshownintheimage.SelecttheBrush toolandanicecloudybrush,thenpaintdarkandlighttonesonthe largercloudtocreateamoredramaticeffect.Theentirecloud doesnotneedtobepainted,soonlypaintasmuchasisnecessary, asshownabove. BuildingtheBase 05 Nowstartbuildingupthe basewherethemain mountainwillbe.TaketheBrushtool andagoodtree-shapedbrush(with someScatter)andpaintamountain similartotheexampleimage.Colour doesn’tmatter,asyou’llbeoverlaying itwithtexturelater.Atthispointit’sa goodideatomapouthowthelightwill hitthemountain,whichwillbeuseful whentexturinglateron.Paintlighter tonestosimulatewherelightwillbe. SettingUp 01 Thefirstthingthatneedstobedoneistocreateanew documentandplacethephotographicplate.GotoFile>New andsettheimagesizeto3000x1136px.DownloadimageID 1252246fromwww.sxc.huandplaceitintothescene.Usethe Transformtoolstoadjustandtiltthelayer.Namethelayer‘Plate’. ReplacingtheSky 03 Nowit’stimetoimportthenewsky.Sincetheoldoneisdull anddoesn’ttailortothescene’sneeds,itneedstobe replacedwithonethatisabletofillthevoid.Gotowww.cgtextures. comanddownloadimageID35830,thenplaceitintothesceneas seenintheexampleimage.Dependingonitssize,itmightneedto bescaleddown.UsetheTransformationtools(Ctrl/Cmd+T)to adjustthescalingandtilt. ThePlate 02 Nowtopaintoverpartsofthelayerthataren’tneeded. Selectasoftroundbrushandwithadarkgreencolour(not toosaturated),paintoverthewaterportionoftheplate.Createa newlayerandplaceitunderthePlatelayer.UsetheEyedroppertool toselectadarkbluecolourfromtheskyandusingtheBrushtool, paintinasmallportionofthesky.MergethislayerwiththePlatelayer. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mastermattepaintingtechniques The Photoshop CC Book 183 LightingtheMountain 07 GrabtheBrushtoolandselectatree-shapedbrushorsomething equivalent.Changethecolourtoalightyellow(nottoosaturated)and beginpaintinginthehighlightsonthemountain.Payattentiontowherethesunis comingfrominthebaseplate:righttoleft.Ifneeded,lowertheopacityandfillof thebrush.Thiswilllowerthedensityofthebrushstroketoallowaslowerbuildup andmakepaintingmoreforgivingandnatural. BuildingtheBackground 08 Thereareseveraldifferentwaystocreatethe mountainshapes.Oneistocreateaselection andfillitwithacolour,andanotheristousetheBrush toolandpaintit.Usewhateverismostcomfortable.The goalistocreaterealism,butgoingtoofarortooshortwill breakthat.Givinganevenbalancetoeverythingis essential.DownloadimageID78057fromwww. cgtextures.comandpasteitintothescene.Clipittothe baselayerandpositionandscaleitasneeded.Createa newlayer,clipitandpainthighlightsandshadowsonto themountains. TexturingtheMountain 06 Searchforimages1273649and1252247on sxc.hu.Extractandpastethemintothescene. UsingtheTransformationtools,setthemintoplaceas youseeintheexample.UsetheCloneStamptooland begincloningpartsofthetexturestocoverthepainted areas.Makecertainthattherearenorepeatingpatterns. Clonepartsofthetreetextureovertothefrontofthe mountaintomakeitmatchtheexample.Ifnecessary, paintextradetailintotherocktomakeitlookmorerigid. AddingWaterfalls 09 Downloadimage1337592from sxc.huandpasteitintothescene. UsetheTransformationtoolstoadjustand tilttheimageappropriately.Usealayermask tohidethetop,bottomandsideareas.With theBrushtoolandadarkcoolblue,painta shadowonthetophalfofthewaterfall,just abovetherocks.Thiswillactasthecast shadowfromthecastle.Onthelowerhalf, paintintheremaininghighlightsand shadows.Rememberwhatdirectionthe sunlightiscomingfrom.Theotherwaterfalls werepaintedwithachalkbrush. It’stemptingtopaintas muchasyoucan,butunless you’reworkinginahigh resolution,thebestwayto obtainphotorealismistolet thephotographsdomost ofthework.Asyourpainting skillsincrease,sotoowillyour knowledgeofhowtouse thosereferences. Quicktip “Thegoalistocreaterealism,butgoingtoofaror tooshortwillbreakthat.Givinganevenbalanceto everythingisessential” WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 184 The Photoshop CC Book CreatingForegroundMountains 10 Muchlikeinthebackground,youcancreatetheforeground mountainsbymakingaselectionandfillingthatwithacolour, painting,oranyothermethod.Themainideabehindthese mountainsistoleadtheviewer’seyeuptowardsthecastle(main focalpoint).Bypointingthemupwards,itwouldcreateanimplied linethatleadstothisfocalpoint.Oncethemountainbasesare created,theywillbeusedasaclippingmaskforthetextures.Name thislayer‘FGmtnbase’. AddingTexture 11 GotoCGTexturesandsearchforimageID82231.Clickon theimageandchooseanyoftheonesthatappear.Then repeatforID82144andchoosetheimageonthefarright.Extract andpastethemintothescene.PlacethemabovetheFGmtn baselayeryoujustcreatedandclipthemtothelayer.Thetextures willnowonlyappearwherethebaselayeris.Positionthetextures intoplaceandusetheTransformationtoolsifneeded.Unclipthe layersfromthebaseifthereisdifficultypositioningthem,and thenre-clipthem.Thegoalhereisgetasmuchbalancebetween rockandgrassaspossible. PlacingtheTrees 13 Downloadthetrees35864from CGTexturesand841073fromwww. sxc.hu.Pastethemintothescene.Goto Layer>Matting>Defringe,setitto2px.Use theTransformationtoolstoscaleand positionthem.Createtwonewlayers,set themtoOverlayandclipeachtotheir respectivetreelayer.WiththeBrushanda lightyellow/orangecolour,lightlypaintin highlightsonthetrees.Withadarkcoolblue, paintshadowsonaseparatelayer. CreatingtheCastle 14 The3Dmodelofthecastlewas createdinAutodeskMaya.Itwasbox- modelledfromacylinderandextrudedand bevelledtogivethedesiredlookandfeel. Otherobjectswerecreatedfromspheres andsplineelements.Texturingconsistedof SubstancematerialswithinMayaand renderedwithV-Ray.Beforerendering,the maincastlewasduplicated,scaled,rotated andreorderedseveraltimestocreatea denserlookforthefinalmattepainting. ImportingtheCastle 15 Oncethecastlehasbeencreated eitherby3Dmodellingorpiecing togetherphotographicreferences,pasteit intothesceneandmakeitagroupifit containsmultiplelayers.Adjustitsposition andtiltusingtheTransformtools.Createa layermaskforthecastlelayer.Selectthe Brushtoolandwiththecolourblack,paint nearthebottomofthecastletohidethis part.Besuretopaintonthelayermaskand notthelayeritself. PaintingandLighting 12 UsetheEyedroppertograbaselectionofgrassandstonecoloursfromthetexture andstorethemintheSwatchestab.Getyourbrushandusethesecolourstopaint extragrassandrock.Createanewlayerandclipittothebaselayer.Getalightyellow-orange colour(nottoosaturated)andpainthighlightsontothefrontsideofthemountains.Paint shadowsusingadarkbluecolourontheothersidesothattheydon’tappearflat. Layermasksarea greatwaytoedit non-destructively. Theycanhideand showpartsofa layeratanytime duetothecontents ofthelayeritself neverbeingerased, butonlyhidden.If needed,theycan alwaysbemerged withthelayerto lowerthefilesize. QuicktipEdgesPaintalong theedgewhere thelightmeetsthe shadowtocreatea crispline MountainsUse multipledark colourstopaint extracracksinthe mountainrock HighlightColour pickfromthe textureandadjust ittoalightertonefor thehighlights Watchbrightness Theedgesshould notbetoobrightor themountainwill appearflat WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Mastermattepaintingtechniques The Photoshop CC Book 185 FinishingDetail 20 LiketheArch,usetheEllipticalShapetoolanddrawoutacircle.Thiswill betherainbow.Copyit,maketheduplicatesmallerandplaceitinthe centreofthelargercircle.Cmd/Ctrl-clickonthesmallercircletomakea selectionanddeletethisportionfromthelargercircle.NowapplyaRainbow GradientLayerStyletothelargercircleandGaussianBlurit10-40px.Forthe low-lyingclouds,selecttheBrushtoolandgetasoftcloud-shapedbrush.Using realcloudsasareference,paintthemalongthebottomsofthemountains. ColourGrading 21 Goto‘PhotoFilter’,changethecolourtoa greenishcyanandsettheDensityat32%.Create anewColorBalanceandchangethefollowing; Shadows:Magenta/Green+1,Yellow/Blue+4,Midtones: Cyan/Red+16,Highlights:Cyan/Red+1,Yellow/Blue-16. CreateaGradientMapandsettheleftsidetoblackand therighttowhite.NowchangeitslayerOpacityto40%. Thisisagoodbasetoworkfrom,sofeelfreetomake changesandexperiment. LightingandExtras 19 Createanewlayerabovethearch groupandclipittoit.Selectasoft roundbrushatabout200-400pxand changeitscolourtoalightyellow(nottoo saturated).Lightlypaintahighlightnearthe middleofthearchtosimulatethesun lightingit.Thetrianglewasachievedby paintingwithahardbrush.InnerShadow, DropShadowandInnerGlowwereusedas layerstylestocreatetheouterbevels. ConstructingtheArch 17 UsetheEllipticalShapetooltodrawa circle.Copyit,maketheduplicate smallerandplaceitinthecentreofthe largercircle.Cmd/Ctrl-clickonthesmaller circletomakeaselectionanddeleteitfrom thelargercircle.Deletethesmallcircleand thelowerhalfoftheoriginal.Duplicateit, scaleitdownandplaceitunderthearch. SetitsOpacityat70%.Groupthese togetherandpositiontheminbetweenthe backgroundmountains. AddingtheTexture 18 Downloadbit.ly/1h7HocN,clipitto thearchbaselayerandsetitto Overlay.SetOpacityat70%.HitCmd/Ctrl+T toactivatetheTransformtools.Ctrl/ right-clickandselectWarp.Nowadjustthe texturetotheshapeofthearch.HitEnterto applythewarp.Withthetextureadjusted, feelfreetoerasetheremainderofitthatis notbeingused.Ifneeded,desaturatethe texturebyhittingCmd/Ctrl+Shift+U. LightingtheCastle 16 Eventhoughthecastleitselfhas beenpreviouslylit,itcouldstill benefitfromsomedramaticlightingand increasedintensity.WiththeBrushtool,a softroundbrushandadarkcoolblue,lightly paintashadowatthetopofthecastle.This willdecreasethefocusbroughttothisarea andincreasethefocalpoint.Next,picka lightyellow-orange(nottoosaturated). CreateanewlayerandsetittoOverlay/Soft Light.Nowlightlypaintinstrongerhighlights onthecastletosimulateharshsunlight.If needed,paintadditionalshadowsonthe othersides. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 186 The Photoshop CC Book186 Creativeprojects 186 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Useliquidpainteffects The Photoshop CC Book 187 Preparingthelayout Herewe’lluseselectiontechniquestolayertheimage Isolatethemodel 02We’llusethePentooltoisolatethe modelfromthebackground.Picka startpoint,whereherhandsmeetherdress, andthenbegindrawingapatharoundher. TheOpt/Altkeywillhelpyoutobemore accuratewiththepath,andalsowhen zoominginandoutwiththemouse. Prepourimage 01OpenPhotoshopandcreateanew imagedocument,thenopenour startingstockphotographbydraggingitinto thenewcanvas.Transformit(Cmd/Ctrl+T) sothatitfitsnicelyintoournewcanvas. Beforewestartaddinganyeffectstothe photo,we’llneedtocutthemodelout. ZoominandusethePentooltodothis. Continuetocutout 03Don’tworrytoomuchaboutthe hairfornow–justmakearough selectionandwecanfixthisinthenextstep. Wecanberougharoundthedressareatoo, asboththesewillbereplacedwithpaint. Closethepath,thenCtrl/right-clickand choosetheMakeSelectionoption. Duplicatethemodellayerthenactivate QuickMask. Discover how to manipulate paint stock and create energy using layer masks, selection and transformation tools Useliquidpainteffects P aint splash effects can be used in many ways. One that’s very popular is to replace clothing by using photo stock. That’s what we set out to achieve here, showing how we create our own photomanipulation of a model with paint splash fashion. Once finished we’ll have created enough depth and movement that our effects will look realistic. The Pen tool will be essential for selecting and cutting out our model. We’ll reveal how to retouch and mask her out, replacing her dress with paint alone. We also explain how the Transform tools can be used to directly paint layers and fit them in place. Isolating and changing the colour and appearance of our paint stock layers will be easy when we start using the colour adjustment tools and further masking techniques. We use these so that our layers fit seamlessly together in our composition. We will also tackle different blend modes and show how these react with our image to create specific lighting effects. All in all, this is a fun tutorial that we can get very creative with. It does offer more than just entertainment, though, because we’ll discover core techniques that can then be easily be applied to any future photomanipulation projects. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 188 The Photoshop CC Book Moredresswork 08 Withtheduplicateactive,select Layer>LayerStyles>Color Overlay.Makeitblue.Movetheoriginaldress layerabovethisduplicateandsetitto Overlay.Thisbringsoutthedresshighlights. WecanchangetheColorOverlayofthe duplicatelayerandtheHue/Saturationof theoriginaldresstogettheperfectnatural look.Bringsomeofthewhiteandlightback inbysettingaRevealAlllayermaskonour dresscopylayer,usingablacksoftbrush setat20%Flowtomaskintoareaswe wanthighlighted. Retouchphase 06 Duplicateourmaskedmodellayer andhidetheoriginal.Createanew layerandmergethatwiththemodellayer. Continuetofixourmodel’shairusingthe Smudgetoolandasmallflatbrush.Applya Brightness/Contrastadjustment,setting Brightnessat10andContrastat40. Duplicatethislayerandhideit,sowehavea backupifneeded.AlsousetheBurntoolat 18%ExposureandtheDodgetoolat14% Exposure,bothsettoMidtones,toincrease thecontrastincertainareas. Backgroundwork 04 Havingmaskedoutthewomanwecannow workonthebackground.We’llwanttomake thislighter,socreateanewlayerbehindourmasked modelandfillitwitha50%grey.ApplyLayer>Layer Mask>RevealAllandapplyasoftbrushat11%Flowto paintinsomeoftheoriginalbackgrounddetail.PressX toswitchbetweenblackandwhitebrushesand alternatemaskedareasandeffects.We’llcomebackto thebackgroundabitlateroncewe’veworkedonthe modelsomemore. Changecolour 07 Makeanewblacklayerbeneathour model.ChooseSelect>ColorRange andclickonawhitepartofthedress,setting Fuzzinessto200,thenusetheplusand minuspickerstoselecttonesinthedress. Withourselectionactive,holdOpt/Altand usetheLassotoremoveareasofthedress. CopyMergedthenpasteintoanewlayer. AddaHue/Saturationadjustment,activate ColorizethenchangeHuetoabluecolour andincreaseSaturation.Renamethislayer Dress,duplicateitanddeletetheblacklayer. Fixthemodel 05 Clickonthemodellayerandzoomin;wewillstartfixingupareasofthe maskthatdon’tlookright,especiallyaroundthehair.Selectablackflat brushthenstartpaintingaroundtheblackareasofthehairandthepartsthatwe wanttohidefromourmodellayer.Lowerthebrush’sFlowto12%.Ifyoumakea mistake,hitXthenpaintareasbackinwithawhitebrush.Alsofixareasaround theoutlinethatmayhavebeenmissedduringtheinitialPentoolselection. Experttip WhenaddingtheSmudgetooltohair,useacombination ofdifferentsizedbrushstrokeswithdifferentFlow amounts.Usedifferentcoloursandpartsofthehairfor variation.Applystrokesoutwardsforspikyhairstrands, andthencurvethesetomodifythehairandtidyedges. Usingthe SmudgeTool WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Useliquidpainteffects The Photoshop CC Book 189 Applypaintsplashes Buildeffectsusingstockandbasicadjustments09 Useliquidpainteffects The Photoshop CC Book 189 IsolatestockimagesOpena paintstockimageinPhotoshop andchooseSelect>ColorRange. Usethedroppertooltoselectared colour,setFuzzinessat200anduse theplusdroppertoselectadeeper red,sowegetalltheredtones. PullFuzzinessbackabit,sothe backgroundinthepreviewisblack againratherthangrey ChangeexistingcolourArrangethelayers thatwe’veintroducedoverthetopofthemodel’s dress,andthenselectoneofthem.ApplyImage> Adjustments>Hue/Saturation.Makethe selectedpaintsplashbluetomatchthewoman’s dress.Thiscanjustbearoughadjustmentbefore mergingthemodelwithbothdresslayers PasteinpaintlayersCopyandpastethepaintlayer intoourmainimage.PutitintoanewfoldercalledPaint, setatthetopofourlayerstack.Repeatthisprocess withallthestockimages,placingeachontothecanvas. Solidcolourbackgroundscanberemovedbyusing theMagicWandtooltoselectthemandthenhittingX todelete WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 190 The Photoshop CC Book Workwithlight Combineblendmodesandcolouradjustmentstocreatedepth Moreplaywithpaint 11 Feelfreetoselectandcutpartsoffthepaintlayerstomakethemfit.Also cutsomeoffandaddthemtothetophalfofthemodel’sdress.Tryand makethedressfeelasthoughitrufflesbyusingdifferentpaintsplatsandhues. Applyasoftroundblackbrushtoattachedlayermasksandblendareasofthe paintmorerealistically,anduseEdit>Transform>Warptoenhancetheflowof thedress.It’sallamatterofplayingandseeingwhatwecancreate.Don’tbe afraidtoexperiment. Createdepth 12 Oncewehaveestablishedthefinallookofour paintlayerswecanbegintoedittheexisting lighting.Bringthehighlightsoftheoriginalpaintbackin andadddarkerbluetonestocertainareas,producing greatercontrast.Getoneofthetoppaintlayersand duplicateit,thensetthecopytoOverlay.Continueby adjustingthehueoftheoriginallayertomakeitadeeper blue.Thiscolouringmethodisagreatwayofproducing depth.Repeattheprocesswiththeotherpaintlayers. Arrangelayers 10 Onceyou’vebroughtinandprocessedallthepaintsplashlayers,youwill needtostartarrangingalloftheseinawaythatmakeseachoneseemto beapartofourmodel’sdress.Fortheonesplacedhigherup,nearthetorso,use lightblue-colouredlayersontopanddarkbluelayersbeneath.Usetheoriginal modeldresslayerasareference.Alsoerasepartsofthedressthatgetintheway andsitbehindourpaintsplatlayers. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Useliquidpainteffects The Photoshop CC Book 191 Manualeffects 14 Nowaddandstylepaintstocktothefloorusingthesametechniques.Thenadd morelighttoareasofpaintusingasoftwhitebrush,sotheyblendbetter.Darkenother areasbyusingthesamebrush,butwithadeepbluecolourandsettoOverlay.Dodgeand Burntocreatemoredepth,andfixthelightingontherightsideofthemodel.Addmorepaint tothetophalfofherdressandblenditwiththebodiceusingprevioustechniques.Afterthat, we’refinished. Alterbrightness 13 Someofthebottomlayersofthedressneedtobemadedarker,astheywould naturallyfallintoshadow.Toachievethelookweseeherewerepeatprettymuchthe sametechniqueusedinthepreviousstep,butlowerthebrightnessoftheduplicatelayerby decreasingtheLightnessvalueinaHue/Saturationadjustment.Onetrickistoduplicatea layer,applytheabovesettingsandthenaddaninvertedlayermask(Opt/Alt-clickon‘New layermask’).Editusingthismaskandawhitesoftbrushtopaintinareasoflight. “Makethemostofthe blackandwhitepreviewto seewhatyou’veselected” Experttip Thisoptioncomesinhandywhenisolating areasofcolour.Insimplecaseswecanjust usetheMagicWandtoselectsolidcolours, butwhenworkingwithpaintimageslike thoseinthistutorial,oroneswithexisting lighting,ColorRangebecomesamust.Make themostoftheblackandwhitepreviewto seewhatyou’veselected,andusetheplus andminusdropperstospecifydetailed areas.Onceyou’veclickedOK,youcaneasily removepartsoftheselectionbyholding downOpt/AltorShiftandthenapplyingthe Lassotoaddorremoveactiveareasand matchselectededges. UseColour Range WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • 192 The Photoshop CC Book Sourcefileavailable Use the image links provided to re-create this Manipulate varied stock images to create a fun, adventure-based image in Photoshop Manipulatepro layertechniques T he inspiration for this piece came from the actual title of the job, which was ‘€20,000 Amazing Poker Adventures’. The idea here was to combine outdoor adventures together with poker elements and of course cash. In this tutorial, we’ll show you how to take unrelated images and combine them to create a surreal piece that will send viewers on a visual expedition. There is no right or wrong in the art of surrealism, so feel free to add your own artistic interpretations and be amazed by what happens! By the end of this tutorial, you will have taken your skills in merging images to a whole new level. In order to jump to the good part, it’s a good idea to download and route all of the images beforehand and have them handy in a single PSD file; this way you will be able to dedicate your undivided attention to the actual editing. You’ll find links to the stock image websites and the image reference numbers within the tutorial steps. FULLIMAGE WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Manipulateprolayertechniques The Photoshop CC Book 193 Seamlessblending Combinemultipleimagesforasurrealphotocomposite Cutoutthepokertable 02 Downloadimage#136925039fromwww.shutterstock. com.SelectthePentoolandcreateapatharoundthe borderofthepokertable.FromthePathsmenu,clickontheflyout menuandconvertthepathtoaselection.HeadtotheSelection menuandclickInvertSelection,thendeletetheunwantedpartof theimage.UsingtheFreeTransformtool,distortthetabletoobtaina similarangletotheprovidedexample. Composethescene 01 Tobeginwith,openanewdocumentinPhotoshopandset theWidthtoapproximately5500pxandtheHeightto 300px.Youwillbecroppingthisdowntoahorizontalformatlateron, butfornowthisextraheadroomwillallowyoutodistortimagesfreely andstillbeabletoseealltheedgesofthoseimages.Whenyouare happy,hitOK. Addthelandscape 03 Download#109348496and#108547703oranysimilar stockfromShutterstock.Placetheimagesontopofthe pokertableoneatatime.Foreachimageyouplace,distortthat imagesothattheperspectivematchesthatofthepokertable. RouteoutanyunwantedimagepartsusingtheLassotoolandtryto routeclosetotheriveredgesandtreeedges.Ingeneral,when routingoutbyobjectedges,youwillnotbecaughtoutbyviewers. Createadramaticsky 06 Downloadandplaceacloudyskyimagebehindthe mountain,thenusetheWarptooltocreateafish-eye effectasshown.Thistechniquealwaysaddsmoredramatoskies andisperfectforactionimagesaswell.Also,createaLevels adjustmentlayer,targetingthecloudsimageandpushingupthe ShadowsandHighlightstogainalittlemorecontrast.Inmanycases, iftheskylooksdead,theentireimagedoestoo. Addbackgroundmountains 05 Inmyexample,Ihaveusedsnow-coveredmountainsto leavethefocusonthemountaininthemiddleofthe composite.Feelfreetousewhateveryoufancy.Downloadandroute thesnow-coveredmountainsyouwishtouseinthebackgroundand placethembehindthemainmountain.FreeTransformtheimages sothatthemountainsslantdownwardsfromthemainmountain. Thiseffectwillhelptomakethetablelooklikethehighestpoint. Placethemountains 04 Themountainsaroundthepokertablearemadeof Shutterstockimages#2668837and#579633,alongwith others.Placethemountainimagesintoyourdocument,thenFree Transformthemtoachievethecorrectoverallperspective.Tomake themountainimagesblendintoeachother,routeoutunwanted bitsusingtheLassotool.Routingonthetreeandriveredgesisa goodidea,asyourroutingwillnotbeeasilyseen.Continuedoingthis untilyouhavepopulatedtheentiremountain. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 194 The Photoshop CC Book Addsomebacklight 08 Pickalarge,softairbrushandsetyourcolourtowhite.Then createanewlayerbehindthemainmountainbutinfrontof thebackgroundmountainsandspraysomepaintaroundtheedges ofthepokertable.Ifyoubegintoseetoomuchpaintorifthe outcomelooksfake,taketheopacityofthatlayerdownorstartover withmoresubtlebrushsettings.Theaimhereistodotwothings; first,tocreatethatmistybackgroundeffect,andsecondlytomake themainmountainandpokertablepop. Tweaktheweather 07 Pickanimageofarainbowfromanysiteyouwish;inthis case,anyimagewilldo.Routeoutandplacetheimagein yourPSD,thenheadovertoFilter>Blur>GaussianBlurandblurthe imagebyaround20%.SettheblendingmodeofthatlayertoColor Burnanddropthelayeropacityuntiltheoveralleffectissubtleand pleasing.Selecttherainbowlayerandaddalayermask.Selectthe layermaskonthatlayer,thenuseasofterasertomaskouttheedges oftherainbowsothatitisnicelyblendedintotheclouds. Remainingelements 09 Routeoutandscalethefollowingimagesfrom Shutterstock:#62404879,#133923290,#147550133, #32159902,#116105287,#129940925,#122591179,#131663882, #79855990,#46258021,#145855442,#103620464,#154449554 and#111600083.UseFreeTransformtocorrectanyperspective issues.Tocreatethecablesfortheziplinerandcablecars,usethe Linetoolsetto2-3px. Paintgroundshadows 10 Inordertoavoidthings‘floating’inmid-air,youneedto createsomegroundshadowsundertheelementsyou haveplacedinyourcomposite.Todothis,simplycreateanew layerandplaceitontopofthemountainbutundertheanimals, tents,cardsetc.Switchthatlayer’sblendingmodetoMultiplyand spraysomepaintunderalloftheitemsthatneedagroundshadow. Cloudeffects 11 Download#115255420 fromShutterstockor searchforsomethingsimilarto itandplacethecloudsaround themountain.Switchthe blendingmodeofthislayerto Screen,thentargetthelayer withaLevelsadjustmentand increasetheShadowsand Highlightsuntilthecloudsblend innicelywiththebackground. TakedowntheOpacityofthe layertoaround60%.Createa maskonthecloudslayerand eraseunwantededgesusinga softeraser. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Manipulateprolayertechniques The Photoshop CC Book 195 Waterfalltouches 12 Download#136444304from Shutterstock.Placetheimage ontoofthewaterfallssectionofthe compositeandheadto Image>Adjustment>Desaturateto removeallcolour.Settheblending modetoScreentokeepthehighlights anddroptheblackbackground.Create aLevelsadjustmentlayerandincrease theShadowsandHighlights.Createa maskonthelayeranderasethe unwantedsparklesbygentlyerasing. Colouritup 14 Pickamedium-sizedsoftbrush.UsingtheColorPickeror holdingdownOpt/Alt,selectavibrantcolourinyour composition,thendabthatcolourofpaintinthesamespotthatyou pickedit.Gooveryourentireimageandlookoutforniceblues, purples,yellowsandgreens.Whendone,headoverto Filter>Blur>GaussianBlurandblurthelayerbyaround5%,then switchthelayerblendingmodetoOverlay.Thecoloursshouldnow bemorevibrant. Adjustthelighting 13 CreateaCurvesadjustmentlayeratthetopofyourlayers. OpentheCurvesdialogboxandpullthecurvesuntilthe imageisdarkenedsignificantly.Createalayermaskonthatlayer andselectit.HitCmd/Ctrl+Itoinvertthemask.Selectblack,then clickonthemaskontheCurvesadjustment.Usingasofteraser, drawintheshadowsontopofyourimage,thendouble-clickonthe Curvesadjustmentlayerandreadjustuntiltheshadowslookgreat. “Routingonthetreeandriver edgesisagoodidea,asyour routingwillnotbeeasilyseen” In99.9percentofthecases,iftheskylooksdead,theentire compositedoestoo,sotrytocreategreat-lookingskiesandin particular,clouds!Thebestapproachistofindstockofwintryor stormyskiesandthenuseaLevelsadjustmenttogettheshadows andhighlightsright. Quicktip DistortionDistort objectstogivethem therightperspective andmakethemlook moreconvincing PopulateDuplicate trees,bushesand waterfallsandplace themaroundto populatethemountain AddmoreAddimages ofgiraffes,elephants oranythingelseyou thinkwilllookunusual andinteresting PerceptionCreate somedepthbyhaving somethingsclosetothe frontoftheframeand otherthingsfaroff WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 196 The Photoshop CC Book WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • P hotomanipulation is one step beyond simple image retouching. The two have techniques in common but for a photomanipulation to have life, it is also necessary to master its lighting, composition and depth of field. This can sometimes be like piecing together a puzzle, if you are an advanced Photoshop user, it shouldn’t be a problem. In this tutorial you will learn how to build a surreal scene based on normal photographs. The idea here is to create a utopian floating city, with its composition involving aspects of entertainment, technology, beauty and all the structure that a city needs to have. The Warp, Free Transform, Content- Aware Scale and Clone tools will be widely used, along with blending modes and clipping masks. It is necessary to cut out and balance each photo before you start bringing them together. Only Photoshop is needed! PerfectblendingLearn how to Combine multiple assets in Photoshop to build this unique sci-fi image portrait Sourcefileavailable Use the image provided to re-create this Addalensflare 03Download‘sky.jpg’fromtheAdvancedPhotoshopwebsite. Selectalloftheselayers,flattenthem,thenapplyaGaussian Blurat9.0px.Createanewlayer,colouritblackandgoto Filter>Render>LensFlare.Addaflareat100%Brightnessand 50-300mmZoomontheright-handsidetocreateapointoflight. SetthislayertoScreenat100%. Experttip Paintseparateelementson theirownlayerssothatyou canlockthetransparency andpainteachonewithout goingovertheedges. Todothis,choosethe correspondinglayerinthe Layerspaletteandclickthe checkeredsquareiconat thetopnexttotheword ‘Lock’.Youwillbeableto unlockthematanytime. Wesuggestthatyoulock yourlayerssoyoudon’t accidentallyeditalayeryou didn’tintendto! Lockthe layers Createthe background 01Thefirststepis tocreateafile 5000x7000pxat 300dpi.Gotowww. shutterstock.com anddownloadimage ID109899800,which isaphotoofa seascapewithland onthehorizon.Copy andpasteitintothe blankfileandusethe FreeTransformtool (Cmd/Ctrl+T),press Shiftandfitittothe bottom,interpolating around190%. Usecontentawarescale 02Theseascapeonthecanvaswillactasabackgroundforyour sci-fiimage.SelectpartoftheskywiththeLassotool(L).Ctrl/ right-clickonitandselectLayerViaCopy.Afterthis,gotoEdit> Content-tostretchtheskyuptothetop.Youcanalsousethe Gradienttool(G)ifyouprefer. Perfectblending The Photoshop CC Book 197 WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Flipthelayer 04Onceyouhavepreparedthe background,youcanbegintoaddin theindividualelementsthatwillmakeup yourfloatingcity.First,youwillneedto downloadimageID59083051from Shutterstock,whichisanimageofarocky island.YouneedtousethePentooltomake aprecisecutoutofit.SelectFree Transform>FlipVerticaltoturntheisland upsidedown.Younowhaveabasetowork yourfloatingcityonto.Youcanmodifythe imageoftheislandandaddnewrocks. Createaclippingmask 05NowyouwillneedtocreateanewblanklayerwithaSoftLightblendingmode.Ctrl/ right-clickonthelayerandselectCreateClippingMask.Withawhitebrush,startto paintinhighlightsontheleftoftheisland,andthenrepeatfortherightsideinthedarkareas. Thiswillhelptoacclimatethelighting.Itisimportantthatyoufollowthedirectionofthelight source.YoucandothisusingtheGradienttoolwithblackandwhitecolours,butthiswillbe moregeneric. Creativeprojects 198 The Photoshop CC Book Correctdistortion 06Downloadimage77785429fromShutterstockandcutout thebuildingsinthesamewaythatyoucutouttheisland.In thestockimage,theyhaveawide-angledistortionthatyouwillneed tofix.UsetheFreeTransformtool(Cmd/Ctrl+T)tocorrectthe distortionbyplacingtheminlinewiththestraightangle.Download image74919148fromShutterstockandplaceitintothecanvasto composethefullset.Liftupthefourthbuildingtohelpbalance theimage. Fitthemonorail 07Nowit’stimetofitthemonorailintothecomposition. DownloadimageID46658332fromtheShutterstock websiteandfititintotheimagesothatitsnakesaroundthebuildings. Youwillneedtoextendthecolumnsforabetterresult.Youcanuse theCloneStamptool(S)todothis,orusetheRectangularMarquee tool(M),Ctrl/right-clickandselectLayerViaCopy.Extendthe columnsuntiltheydisappearbehindthegreenplants.Youcanthen flattenalloftheselayers. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectblending The Photoshop CC Book 199 Placethesatellite 10 Nowdownloadanimageofasatellite (ShutterstockID101799472).Cutitoutand placeitontheright-handsideofthecity.Alwayspay attentiontothedirectionofthelightsource.Inthiscase, youwillneedtoselectthelayerusingtheFree Transform>FlipHorizontaloption.Arrangethesatellite accordingtothelightingofthebuildingsandrocks. Fitwithwarp 11 WithStep10completed, youwillnowneedto downloadimageID100612153 fromShutterstockandusethe brickedgetobetterintegrate thecitywiththeislandrock. Pasteitontoyourcanvasandfit itusingtheFreeTransformtool (Cmd/Ctrl+T),Ctrl/right-clickon itandchooseWarp.Pickupthe edgesandfititinasbestaway possible.Adjustusingthe DodgeandBurntool(O)to createshadowsandaddlight effects.Erasethepartsthat arenotneeded,forexample thepavement. Disguisewithtrees 09Coverthemissingareasoftherollercoasterwithtrees.Gotowww. stockfresh.comanddownloadimageID1494530.Isolatethetrees usingSelect>ColorRangewithaFuzzinessof50andcreateamask.Selectitand gotoFilter>Blurtoimprovetheedges.Createalayerwithaclippingmaskand usetheCloneStamptooltofixtheareaswhereColorRangedoesn’twork.The treesaregreatdisguises!Youcouldevenaddsomefruittothetrees. Insertaroller coaster 08Addevenmoreinterest toyourcitybypasting inanimageofarollercoaster, availablefromShutterstock. ImageID55522621workswellin thiscase.Youwillneedtocut outaroundeverydetailofthe rollercoasterforaprofessional andconvincingresult.Youcan usetheErasertool(E), PolygonalLassotool(L)witha layermaskorthePentooltodo this.Whateveryourchoiceof technique,youneedtohave patience!Everydetailis importantinensuringthatthe finalimageisofahighstandard. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 200 The Photoshop CC Book Fixdetails 14 Downloadanimageofrecyclingbins fromShutterstock(imageID 96735547)andusetheCloneStamptool (S)toremovethewordsandcreate highlightsandshadows,thenaddittothe park.Whileyou’recloning,gobacktothe secondbuildinginfromtheleft.Removethe reflectionwiththeCloneStamptool(S).Be patient!Download‘fence.png’fromthe AdvancedPhotoshopwebsiteandplaceit intheleft-handcornerifyoufeelnecessary. Thiswillhelptoharmonisetheimageand givemoredetailtothephotomontage. Isolatewithcolorrange 13 It’stimetoaddsomeroots.Downloadthe bonsaitreeimage28329367fromShutterstock. YoucanisolatetherootsfromthetreeusingSelect> ColorRange.Placetherootssothattheyappeartobe comingoutoftherocks.Cutpiecesoftexture(youwill findawideselectionathttp://cgtextures.com)andapply itbetweentheedgeofthecityandtherock,creating volumewiththeDodgeandBurntool(O).Thatwayyou’ll beabletogivemorevolumeanddetailtotherock.In thispartyoucanincludeyourownpersonaltouch! ApplyTextures 12Nowyouaregoingtoapplysometexture.Gobacktotheislandlayer.Open andapplytheimageof‘earth_texture.jpg’(availabletodownloadfromthe AdvancedPhotoshopwebsite)ontotherocks.HolddowntheCmd/Ctrlbutton andclickonthelayerofthecliffstomaketheselection.Applythisselectionin thetexturelayerandsettheblendingmodetoOverlayat100%.Notethatthe shadowsandcoloursareimprovedwithOverlayblending.Youcanusethis methodinotherpartsifyouwish. Thecompositioncontinues 15 Nowaddintheflagofyourfavouritecountry.Inthiscase,IplacedtheBrazilianflag(my country)atthetopofthefirstbuildingontheleft.Downloadimage28260301from Shutterstockanddesaturatejustthewhitepartsoftheplane.Iscaleditdowntomakeit quitesmallintheimage,butyoucanuseitasyouwish!Toimprovethecompositionofthe scene,downloadanimageofbirdsfromShutterstock(19079998)andplacethemaround thecliffs.Youcanalsocutsmallpiecesfromthecliffsandsimulateearthandrockfalling fromthem. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Perfectblending The Photoshop CC Book 201 Highpassandnoise 18 ApplyanUnsharpMaskwithanAmountof20% andaRadiusof50%,thenapplya70%Fade. DuplicatethelastlayerandcreateamasksettoOverlay. Onlypainttheareaswhereyoucanimprovethecolour andcontrast.Duplicatethelasttwolayersandflatten themagain.AddaHighPassfilterwitha2.0pxRadius. DesaturateitandapplyanOverlayblendingmodeat 100%tothatlayer.Tofinish,selectallthelayersfromthe firstflatlayer,duplicateandcreatethelastlayer.Apply theAddNoisefilterat1%. Finishingtouches 17 ApplyanUnsharpMaskwithanAmountof20%andaRadiusof50%, thenapplya70%Fade.Duplicatethelastlayerandcreateamasksetto Overlay.Onlypainttheareaswhereyoucanimprovethecolourandcontrast. Duplicatethelasttwolayersandflattenthemagain.AddaHighPassfilterwitha 2.0pxRadius.DesaturateitandapplyanOverlayblendingmodeat100%tothat layer.Tofinish,selectallthelayersfromthefirstflatlayer,duplicateandcreate thelastlayer.ApplytheAddNoisefilterat1%. Lightsandcolours 16 CreateaBrightness adjustmentlayersetto -18.CreateanotherwithColor Balance.IntheTonedrop-down menu,chooseShadowsandset Redto+1andBlueto+5,then chooseMidtonesandsetGreen to+5,Redto+2andYellowto -27,thenchooseHighlightsand setCyanto-16andBlueto+1. Createanewlayer,paintitblack usingthePaintBuckettool(G) andcreateaflare,butthistime ontheright-handside.Usea maskwiththeGradienttool(G) tominimisetheentryoflightin frontofthecity.Setthislayer toScreenat100%asinthe thirdstep. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 202 The Photoshop CC Book202 The Photoshop CC Book Creativeprojects WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • MasterthePentool The Photoshop CC Book 203 Use simple Photoshop tools and techniques to make stunning geometric shapes in your artwork MasterthePentool S ometimes the most striking designs are the ones that are actually very simple and straightforward to achieve. Minimalism is incredibly popular in the design world right now, with geometric shapes taking precedence in web design, and with fashion artwork hot on its heels. This tutorial will show you how to use basic Photoshop techniques to achieve a simple but beautiful photomanipulation that could easily grace the cover of any glossy magazine. CINEMA 4D will be used to render shapes, which will then be imported into Photoshop. Flower photos were used as a reference for the beige and rose colour palette. Tools are not used extensively; this tutorial instead encourages you to have fun making an eye-catching but minimalist image. You will need to use basic colouring techniques, the Pen tool and blending modes, then play around with clipping masks, layer styles and filters to finish. Let’s start! Workingwithphotography UsethePentoolforfullcontrol Removeskindefects 03 Toremoveskinimperfections, selectthemwitharoundSelection toolandpressShift+Delete,withthe ContentAwareoptionswitchedon.Youcan alsousetheLassotoolforaquickwayto removesmalldefects.Withfashionartwork, eventhesmallestimperfectionsmustbe corrected,asthisisthethingthat’sgoingto sellyourproducttoconsumers. Separatethemodel 01 Purchasethemodelphoto(ID 30914224)fromDreamstime.com. First,youneedtocutoutthemodelfrom thebackground.SelectthePentoolin Shapemodeandstartcuttingaroundher. Leavetheheadandhairforthenextstep. Afterselectingthewholebody,copythe layerfromtheselection. Cutoutthehair 02 Cutouttheheadandhairand duplicatetheBluechannel.Selecta softroundbrushandswitchitsmodeto Overlay.Startcolouringthehairblack.To colourwhitespaces,switchthebrushmode backtoNormal.GotoSelect>Load SelectionandloadtheBlueCopychannel. Copytheselection. ALTERNATE OPTION WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 204 The Photoshop CC Book Yourreferencecolourpaletteisyourbest friend.Ithelpsyoutokeepthemoodofyour artworkperfectandisoneoftheessentials toasuccessfulimage.Itcanbesimple, basedonjustthreeorfourcolours,orlarger, withmanyothershadesforthebackground, skinorenvironment.Italldependsonwhat youwanttoachieve. Quicktip Playwithblendingmodes 08 Youcanexperimentwithdifferent blendingmodes,assometimes othermodeswillgiveyoubettereffects.You canalwayschooseanothercolourforthe backgroundorfortheoverlayinglayerif needbe.Thekeyistosticktothepalette andmakethewholeartworkassmoothas possibleintermsofcolour.That’swhyyour palettelayerissoimportant:ithelpsyouto keeptherightmoodwithinyourartwork.If youarehappywiththecolouring,youshould stickwithituntilthefinalcolourcorrection. Adjusttheshape 06 Toachieveagoodshapeforthe dress,youneedtore-positionthe anchorpointsanddeletesomeofthem.To doso,choosetheDirectSelectiontoolfrom yourtoolbarorhittheAkeyonyour keyboard.Youneedtomakethedressas simpleaspossible,sodeletethepointsthat areclosetoeachother.Leavejustonepoint andgotoanothergroup.Long,sharplines willlookmuchbetterthanshortones.Ina while,youwillrepositionallofthepointstofit yourrenders. Shapeofthedress 05 UsingthePentool(P)withtheShapeoptionselected,startdrawingthemainshape ofthedress.Itshouldbesharpedged.Youcanadjusttheanchorpointswiththe DirectSelectiontoolbyholdingdowntheOpt/AltkeywhiledrawingwiththePentool.When complete,onceagainleavethislayer.Youwillbeplacingpre-renderedshapesintoitlater.You canalwaysgobackandadjustthemainshape,dependingonthefinalshapeofthedress youwanttomake. Applycolour 07 Nowgobacktoyourcolourpalette. Youneedtopickthemaincolourfor thedressandonethatwilloverlaythewhole artworkandbackground.Setanewlayer aboveyourdressshapeandsimplyfillitwith yourchosencolour,settingtheblending modetoOverlay.Pickanotherless saturatedcolourandplaceitonanewlayer inthebackground.Forgreatresults,copy thislayer(Cmd/Ctrl+J)andplaceitaboveall theotherlayers,settingtheblendingmode toColorBurn. Choosetherightcolours 04 It’salwaysagoodideatohavea referencecolourpalette.Inthis case,photosofflowerswereused.Withthe Eyedroppertool,selectacoupleofcolours fromthereferenceimagestobuildthe palette.Understatedroseandbeigecolours werechosentogivethemodelasenseof pure,naturalbeauty.Now,createanewlayer usingCmd/Ctrl+Shift+Nandmakeacouple ofspotswiththepickedcoloursusingthe Brushtool,thenleavethislayer.Youwillneed itlateron. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • MasterthePentool The Photoshop CC Book 205 Giveyourimageanedgylook Mixpre-renderedimageswiththemodel Findingthebestshape 09 Aflatshapeisn’tenough,soyou needtousepre-renderedimages madeinCINEMA4D.Themostimportant thingistosettogetherpartsoftherenders tofakethedressmaterial.Itmustlookas realisticaspossible.Takeyourtimeand thinkabouthowyoucanconnectseparate elements.Thisisthepartwhereyoucan improviseandexperiment.Itisagoodidea istosearchforsomereferencephotosof clothesandseehowtheylieonthemodels. Anyresearchyoucandowillbenefityou. Repositioning 12 Whenyouhavemadeyourdresscomposition,youneedtorepositionyourbase shape.Selectthedressshapelayer,hitAfortheDirectSelectiontoolandmovethe pointstofityourrendershapes.Thereisnoneedtofollowthemdirectly,butyouneedto stickwiththelines.Afterthemovingpartisdone,youcanstartaddingsomecolour.Firstof all,makeaclippingmaskfromalltherenderlayerstoyourdressshapelayersothatyoucan startaddingsomecolour. Colouring 13 Let’sheadbacktocolouryouchose atthebeginningforthedress.Moveit abovealltheclippedlayerstothedress layer.SettheblendingmodetoOverlayto givethecoloureffectagoodlook.Youcan alsoplaywithothersshadesofyourbase colour,butinthissituationshapesare alreadyalittlebitshaded,soasinglecolour shoulddothejob. Cuttingshapes 10 Youneedseparateelementsthatwill fitperfectlyintoyourartwork.You canopenpre-renderedimagesandstart cuttingthoseshapes.WiththePentool(P) andPathoptionselected,startcutting interestingpieces.Afterselectingtheshape, simplyCtrl/right-click>MakeSelection,set FeatherRadiusto0andhitOK.Withthis selection,hitCmd/Ctrl+Jtocreatealayervia theselection.Afterthat,pressCmd/Ctrl+D todeselect.Gobacktothemainimagelayer andseparateanotherpiece. Makingthecomposition 11 Whenyouhavealloftheshapesthat youneed,youcanstartmakingthe composition.Startplacingshapesoverthe dressshapeandscaleorrotatethe elements.YoucanalsoDistortorWarp themtofitthefabricform.Rememberto keepallofthelinesstraightandtrynotto bendindividualelementstoohard.Itisokay forpiecestooverlap.Theshadingwillbe doneinthenextsteps.Feelfreeto transformelementsasyoulike,butmaintain arealisticlook. “Feelfreetotransformthe elementsasyoulike,but maintainarealisticlook” WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • Creativeprojects 206 The Photoshop CC Book Shadethehand 15 Createanewlayerbeneathyour handlayerandselectaroundbrush setat50%Hardness.Drawshadowonto thebottom-rightsideofthehand.Shadows ontheoriginalimagewillhelpyoutodecide thedirectionofyourownshading.Afterthat, setlayerOpacityto40%andsetthe blendingmodetoOverlay.Makeanother newlayer,drawsmallershadowsandset Opacityto60%onthefirstlayer.Then makeshadowsonthedarkestplacesand settheirOpacityto100%. Moreshadows 16 Youwillnowneedtoaddmore shadowsonthemodel’sbodyto helpcreateextradepthandmoreofa senseofrealism.Tobeprecise,makea newlayerwiththeclippingmasktothe bodylayer.Withasoftroundbrushsetat 100%Opacityand1300pixels,start shadinginareasofthelegs,handsand neckthatarebeneaththedress.Setthe layerOpacityto60%.Nowyoucanuse theErasertool(E)toadjusttheshadows andfitthemcorrectlytothebodyshape. Addflares 18Thissimpletechniqueaddsamore excitinglooktothedressedges. Simplycreateanewlayer,andwithawhite softbrushdrawonespot.Then,usinga brushhalfthatsize,drawanotherspotinthe middleoffirstone.Afterthat,hitCmd/Ctrl+T totransformthislayer,andjustscalein verticallytomakeitlooklikeanopticalflare. SettheblendingmodetoOverlayandrotate ittofittheedges.Copythislayer(Cmd/ Ctrl+J)andaddittotheotheredge, changingthesizeofyourflare. Evenmoreshadows! 17 Nowit’stimetofocusonthedress. Youneedtoaddsomemoredepth toacoupleofthefragmentsandcast shadows.UsethePolygonalLassotoolto drawashapeandfillitwithablackcolour. Onanewlayerovertherenderedshapes,fill theselectionwithblackandgoto Filter>Blur>GaussianBlurandsetitto5.You havetomakeitlookrealisticaspossible,so shadowwillbesmallernearerthe connectionoftheshapesandwilldisappear attheends. Adddepth 14 Nowyouwillneedtopulloutthe model’srighthandfromunderneath thedresstoaddsomedepthtoyourimage. Allyouneedtodoiscutthehandoutfrom theoriginalimageusingthePentool.Youwill thenneedtomakeaselectionwitha0.5 pixelFeatherRadiusandthenhitCmd/ Ctrl+Jtocopytheselectiontoanewlayer. Thenextfewstepsofthetutorialwillshow youhowtoaddshadowstothedressand themodeltomakethewholeimagelook morerealistic. Takecareofthedetails Pulloutsomefancyshadingandlights ModifywiththeKnifetool Inthistutorial,youneedtousepre- renderedshapesmadeinCINEMA4D. Thesearesimplecubesslicedwiththe Knifetoolandthenmodifiedpoint-by- pointtoachieveinterestingshapes.There aremanymoretechniquesyoucanuse tomakethese.Youcanfindweb-based shapegeneratorsorjuststartplayingwith Photoshop.WiththePentool,youcan drawshapesandfillthemwithgradients toobtainsimilareffects. Creating3Dshapes WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • MasterthePentool The Photoshop CC Book 207 Whenshading,youcanusetheErasertool (E)tomodifyshadows,butyoucannotedit themlater.Tobesafe,youcanusealayer masktomaskoutunwantedfragmentsof yourshadow.Thismethodmakesitalittle easiertoeditlater. Quicktip Finaltouch 24 Attheend,createabitofextra interestbyaddingsomelinesinthe background.Forthis,usetheLinetool(U) withawhitecolour.Setthreelineswiththe weightat10pixelsandanotherthreewith theweightat4pixels.Drawthelinesata 45-degreeanglefromthetop-leftsideto thebottom-right.Yourimagewillnowbe smooththankstothecolourpaletteand dynamicduetotheshapesyouusedto createthedress. Moredynamic 21 Tomaketheimagemoredynamic, drawtriangularshapes,placinga whitelinearoundthemfromthedress.To doso,selectthePentoolwiththeShape optionenabled.Drawasingleshapeandset Fillto0%.Double-clickonthelayertoopen theLayerStyleswindow.GotoStrokeand setSizeto4pixels,PositiontoInsideand pickawhitecolour.HitNewStyleandsaveit toyourpalette.Drawmoreshapes,select themallandpickyourpresetstyle. Adddetails 23 Asyouarenearingthefinish,you needtoaddacoupleofdetailslike hairoverthedress.Simplycutasmallpiece ofhairandputthislayeroverthedresslayer. Youcanalsoaddacouplemorewhite- edgedshapestomaketheimagemore dynamic.Atthisstage,youcanexperiment tomakeyourartworkmoreeye-catching. Addinglightsandshapesisgoodatthis stage,butyoumustrememberthatlessis moreinthiscase. Lightleaks 20 Youcanaddevenmorelightstothe modelanddress.Createanew layeraboveyourartworkandstartplaying withasmallsoftbrush,paintingwithawhite colour.Trytomatchtheedgeswherethe lightcouldleakfromthebackground.Places betweenthearmsandthedress,atthe edgesofthehairandareaswherethereis lesshairandlightcanbeharder.Youcan playwiththeopacitytoachievebetter effects,butinthiscaseleaveitat100%. Glass-likeeffect 22 Nowcreateanewlayerbeneath thoseshapes.SelectthePolygon Lassotool(L)andstartdrawingmore shapes.Eachtime,makeaselectionwith thePolygonLassotool,selecttheGradient tool(G),setitblacktotransparentinthe Gradientpaletteanddrawagradientfrom thebottom-leftcornertothecentreofthe shape.HitCmd/Ctrl+Dtodeselectand repeatthesestepswitheveryshape.After that,setthisgradientlayertoaSoftLight blendingmode. Playingwithlights 19 Startaddingsomelighteffectsby drawingonthebackgroundbehind themodel.Usingalargesoftbrush,drawa coupleofspotswithawhitecolour.Tryto maintaintheshapeofthemodeltojust coverthespacebehindit.Next,withthe Transformtool(Cmd/Ctrl+T),startwarping thislayertofitthespacebehindthemodel. Withyourbackground,thiswhitelayerwill makeasmoothtonaldifference,foran eye-catchingeffect. WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • * This offer entitles new UK Direct Debit subscribers to receive their first 3 issues for £5.After these issues, subscribers will then pay £25.20 every 6 issues. Subscribers can cancel this subscription at any time. New subscriptions will start from the next available issue. Offer code‘ZGGZIN’must be quoted to receive this special subscription price. Direct Debit Guarantee available on request. ** This is a US subscription offer.The USA issue rate is based on an annual subscription price of £65 for 13 issues which is equivalent to $102 at the time of writing compared with the newsstand price of $15.50 for 13 issues being $201.50.Your subscription will start from the next available issue. Special trialoffer Exclusiveofferfornew Enjoyed thisbook? Try 3 issues for just £5* WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • For amazing offers please visit www.imaginesubs.co.uk/pcr Quote code ZGGZIN Try 3 issues for £5 in the UK* or just $7.85 per issue in the USA** (saving 49% off the newsstand price) Master the art of Photoshop Expert tutorials In-depth guides and step-by-step tutorials to help with your Photoshop and Elements projects Inspirational features Get inspired with the features and interviews, and learn from the experts Plus a free CD! Or telephone: UK0844 848 8415 Overseas +44 (0) 1795 592 871 subscribersto… About the mag CourtesyofDellInc. ® WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • iPad iPhone Androidphone Androidtablet AppleMac WindowsPC WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • To get the most out of your digital editions, be sure to enjoy all of our fantastic features, including: Many of the files you’re looking for can be found on the magazine’s website WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net
    • www.imaginebookshop.co.uk Fromthemakersof ® Packedwithessentialtips andtechniquestohelpyou masterthetoolsandget morefromPhotoshop PhotoshopCC The ® WorldMags.netWorldMags.net WorldMags.net